[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2014192768A1 - Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014192768A1
WO2014192768A1 PCT/JP2014/064021 JP2014064021W WO2014192768A1 WO 2014192768 A1 WO2014192768 A1 WO 2014192768A1 JP 2014064021 W JP2014064021 W JP 2014064021W WO 2014192768 A1 WO2014192768 A1 WO 2014192768A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
resin
radiation
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/064021
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
創 古谷
研由 後藤
三千紘 白川
正洋 吉留
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2014192768A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014192768A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/325Non-aqueous compositions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0046Photosensitive materials with perfluoro compounds, e.g. for dry lithography
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2041Exposure; Apparatus therefor in the presence of a fluid, e.g. immersion; using fluid cooling means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/322Aqueous alkaline compositions

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, and other photofabrication lithography processes, and an activity sensitive used in the pattern forming method.
  • the present invention relates to a light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
  • the present invention relates to a resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
  • an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as an image forming method for a resist in order to compensate for sensitivity reduction due to light absorption.
  • An example of a positive-type chemical amplification image forming method will be described.
  • Patent Document 1 uses a developer obtained by adding a nitrogen-containing compound to an organic solvent as a developer. Thus, a method for forming a negative pattern is described.
  • Patent Document 12 describes a double development technique as a double patterning technique for further increasing the resolution.
  • the polarity of the resin in the resist composition by exposure becomes high polarity in regions with high light intensity and low polarity in regions with low light intensity.
  • the intermediate exposure area remains undissolved by development and has a line-and-half with an exposure mask half pitch. A space pattern is formed.
  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern with small line width variation (LWR) and reduced film slip, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can be suitably used in this method, and an activity It is an object to provide a light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Another object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device including the pattern forming method.
  • LWR line width variation
  • the present invention is as follows.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin
  • a step of applying an object on a substrate to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film -Exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and
  • a pattern forming method comprising: developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern;
  • Steps including the steps included in the pattern forming method according to [1] in the order as described, and further developing with an alkaline developer to form a positive pattern are referred to as the exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method according to [3] includes a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group between the developing step using an alkali developer and the developing step using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 represents a substituent
  • At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive material comprising a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin.
  • Radiation resin composition comprising a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 represents a substituent
  • At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the content of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is 2 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [11] or [12].
  • a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern with small line width variation (LWR) and reduced film slip, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can be suitably used in this method, and activity sensitivity A light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be provided.
  • an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device including the pattern forming method can be provided.
  • the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light or “radiation” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-ray, electron beam (EB), and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure here means not only exposure with far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of applying an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on a substrate to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. And the step of developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive
  • a functional resin composition a composition containing a resin that reduces the solubility in an organic solvent by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin (hereinafter referred to as “the present invention”). Or the like ".
  • the exposed portion remains as a pattern and the unexposed portion is removed.
  • organic solvent developer an organic solvent
  • the present inventors have improved the LWR of the pattern by adding a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group into the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and the film It has been found that the reduction is reduced. This is because the component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group generated from the compound (B) acts on the polar group generated by decomposition by the action of the acid in the resin in the exposed portion, thereby forming a salt. It is presumed that the insolubilization of the resist with respect to the organic solvent developer is increased, and the dissolution contrast between the unexposed portion and the exposed portion is increased.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes: A step of applying an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; -Exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and -Developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using an organic solvent-based developer to form a negative pattern.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention decomposes a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group, contained in the composition of the present invention, and the solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid.
  • a step of generating a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin is reduced by the action of an acid.
  • the “polar group in the resin” is a group (resin (A)) whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid described later (“resin (A)”), which decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group
  • Acid-decomposable group means a polar group generated by the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group, and when the resin (A) has a polar group from the beginning, the polar group and the acid It means both polar groups generated by decomposing decomposable groups.
  • the step of decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is included, for example, between an exposure step and a development step using an organic solvent developer.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a post-exposure bake (PEB) step after the exposure step and before the development step as described later, a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is generated.
  • the step of decomposing the compound to be included is included between the PEB step and the development step using an organic developer.
  • the PEB step by decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group, after the deprotection of the acid-decomposable group in the resin proceeds by the PEB step, the compound is decomposed and generated. This is preferable because the formed component and the polar group generated by the above deprotection form a salt.
  • irradiation with visible light / ultraviolet light, heating, or the like can be applied.
  • the heating means is not particularly limited, and for example, means provided in a normal exposure / development machine may be used. However, a hot plate or the like may be used.
  • the heating temperature for decomposing the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is appropriately set depending on the compound.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 90 to 250 ° C., and preferably 120 to 200 ° C. It is more preferable to carry out at 120 to 170 ° C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a developing step a plurality of times, for example, a developing step of forming a negative pattern using an organic solvent developer, and a developing of forming a positive pattern using an alkali developer. And a process.
  • the component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is added.
  • the decomposition step of the generated compound is preferably included between the first development step using an alkali developer and the second development step using an organic solvent developer. Thereby, the dissolution contrast of an unexposed part and an exposed part becomes still larger, and the effect of this invention increases.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be applied to the substrate by a generally known method.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may be formed by applying an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on the substrate at the center of the wafer and then rotating the substrate with a spinner.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film may be applied while rotating to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step.
  • the heating step is different from the above-described step of thermally decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group, for example, to promote the reaction of the exposed portion and improve the sensitivity and pattern profile. Furthermore, it means heating at a temperature at which the above compound does not decompose.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes, for example, a preheating (PB) process after the film forming process and before the exposure process.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating (PEB) step after the exposure step and before the development step.
  • PB preheating
  • PEB post-exposure heating
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • KrF excimer laser 248 nm
  • ArF excimer laser (193 nm)
  • F 2 excimer laser 157 nm
  • X-ray EUV
  • EUV 13 nm
  • electron beam etc.
  • KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam are preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
  • an immersion exposure method can be applied in the exposure process of the present invention.
  • the immersion exposure method can be combined with a super-resolution technique such as a phase shift method or a modified illumination method.
  • a step of washing the surface of the membrane with an aqueous chemical may be performed.
  • the immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film.
  • an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm)
  • an additive liquid that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion.
  • This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
  • an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • distilled water is preferable as the water to be used because it causes distortion of the optical image projected on the resist when an opaque material or impurities whose refractive index is significantly different from that of water are mixed with 193 nm light. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
  • the electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 MQcm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
  • an additive that increases the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
  • the receding contact angle of the resist film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ⁇ 5%, and through the immersion medium. Suitable for exposure, preferably 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °. If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited. In order to achieve a preferable receding contact angle, it is preferable to include the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. Alternatively, the receding contact angle may be improved by forming a coating layer (so-called “topcoat”) of a hydrophobic resin composition on the resist film.
  • topcoat a coating layer
  • the immersion head In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern.
  • the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
  • the development step in the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed using a developer (organic developer) containing an organic solvent. As a result, a negative pattern is formed.
  • organic developer polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • Examples include ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, and propyl lactate. be able to.
  • the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such as Lumpur can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and ester solvents, and in particular, butyl acetate or ketone as the ester solvent.
  • a developer containing methyl amyl ketone (2-heptanone) as a system solvent is preferred.
  • a plurality of solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720,
  • it is a nonionic surfactant.
  • it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • nitrogen-containing compounds described in JP-A-2013-11833, particularly [0021] to [0063] may be added to the organic developer.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is As an example, it is preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and still more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • the flow rate is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput. Details of this are described in JP 2010-232550 A, in particular paragraphs 0022 to 0029.
  • a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
  • the step of developing using an alkaline developer and the step of developing using an organic developer may be combined.
  • FIG. 1-FIG. 11 and the like it can be expected that a pattern having a half of the spatial frequency of the optical image can be obtained.
  • the alkali developer that can be used is not particularly limited, but generally, it is 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • An aqueous solution is desirable.
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
  • a rinse step of washing using a rinse solution After the step of developing using an organic developer, it is preferable to include a rinse step of washing using a rinse solution.
  • the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
  • hydrocarbon solvent ketone solvent, ester solvent, alcohol solvent, amide solvent and ether solvent
  • hydrocarbon solvent ketone solvent, ester solvent, alcohol solvent, amide solvent and ether solvent
  • the step of washing with a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents is performed, and the step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol is particularly preferred.
  • a cleaning step is performed using a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, and 4-methyl-2-pen. Tanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol and the like can be used. A plurality of these components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
  • the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the organic developer, alkali developer, and / or rinse solution used in the present invention preferably have few impurities such as various fine particles and metal elements.
  • these chemicals are manufactured in a clean room, and filtered with various filters such as Teflon (registered trademark) filters, polyolefin filters, ion exchange filters, etc. It is preferable to reduce impurities.
  • the metal element the metal element concentrations of Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Mn, Li, Al, Cr, Ni, and Zn are all preferably 10 ppm or less, and preferably 5 ppm or less. More preferred.
  • the storage container for the developer and the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited, and containers such as polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin that are used for electronic materials can be used as appropriate.
  • containers such as polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin that are used for electronic materials can be used as appropriate.
  • a container having a small amount of components eluted from the inner wall of the container into the chemical solution As such a container, a container whose inner wall is a perfluoro resin (for example, FluoroPure PFA composite drum (wetted inner surface; PFA resin lining) manufactured by Entegris), steel drum can (wetted inner surface; zinc phosphate coating) manufactured by JFE ).
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is generally suitably used as an etching mask for a semiconductor device or the like, but can also be used for other purposes.
  • Other uses include, for example, guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. JP-A-3-270227, JP-A-2013-164509, etc.).
  • composition of this invention contains the compound which generate
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain at least one of a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, a hydrophobic resin, a basic compound, and a surfactant.
  • a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation a hydrophobic resin, a basic compound, and a surfactant.
  • the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group contained in the composition of the present invention is decomposed by light irradiation, heating, etc., and the polar group in the resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid described later. And a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond.
  • a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group has a predetermined stability against the action of an acid. Specifically, a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group has the stability evaluated by the following stability test against the action of an acid.
  • the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is preferably a compound that decomposes by heat to generate a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group.
  • a component which forms an ionic bond with a polar group generated by decomposition of a compound for example, a base can be mentioned.
  • the base here should just be a thing which can form an ionic bond with a polar group. More specifically, the base has a pKa of the conjugate acid of usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, and more preferably 8 or more.
  • the upper limit value of the pKa of the conjugate acid is not limited to obtaining, but is preferably 18 or less, more preferably 16 or less, and still more preferably 14 or less.
  • the pKa value described here is a value obtained by calculation using ACD / ChemSketch (ACD / LabsLab8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08).
  • the base is preferably an amine, and more preferably a secondary or tertiary amine.
  • the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 represents a substituent. At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 include an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 3 carbon atoms). 30), an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylcarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), and the like. These groups may further have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. Is mentioned.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula
  • a hetero atom may be further included in addition to the nitrogen atom in the formula, and the formed ring may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. It may be a ring.
  • the ring formed by combining R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom in the formula preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, such as pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, homopiperazine, 4-azabenzimidazole, benzotriazole, 5-azabenzotriazole, 1H-1,2,3-triazole, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane, tetrazole, 7-azaindole, indazole, benzimidazole, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine, (1S, 4S)-(+)-2,5-diazabicyclo [2 2.1] heptane, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] dec-5-ene, indole, in Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as phosphorus, 1,2,3,4-
  • R 3 represents a substituent as described above.
  • the substituent represented by R 3 is preferably, for example, a hydroxyalkyl group, and examples of the hydroalkyl group include a group represented by the following general formula (1a).
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 15. n is preferably 4 or 5.
  • the substituent represented by R 3 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (1b).
  • X represents NH or O.
  • Each Ra is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably Represents an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • These groups may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same specific examples as those exemplified above as the substituents which the substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 may have. Is mentioned.
  • Two Ras may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • One of the two Ras may be linked to R 1 or R 2 in the general formula (1) to form a ring.
  • Ra is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkoxyalkyl group.
  • Specific examples of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group include the following compounds.
  • produces the component which forms an ion bond with a polar group may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted and used.
  • the content is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 2 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. % By weight, particularly preferably 3 to 10% by weight.
  • a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (A)”) is a resin whose polarity is changed by the action of an acid, and the solubility in an organic solvent developer by the action of an acid. And the solubility in an alkaline developer increases.
  • Resin (A) is a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both of the main chain and side chain.
  • acid-decomposable group a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both of the main chain and side chain.
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
  • the polar group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is hardly soluble or insoluble in a developer containing an organic solvent, but a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group).
  • An aliphatic alcohol substituted with a functional group for example, a fluorinated alcohol group (such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group)) is excluded.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred polar groups include carboxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), and sulfonic acid groups.
  • a preferred group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
  • Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, octyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Those having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin (A) contains, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit (AI) that is decomposed by an acid to generate a carboxyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (AI)”). It is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (aI) or (aI ′).
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • T in the general formula (aI) is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group, more preferably a —COO—Rt— group, from the viewpoint of insolubilization of the resist in an organic solvent developer.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
  • T in the general formula (aI ′) is preferably a single bond.
  • the alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group for X a1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and is a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. And those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as t-butyl group are preferred.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. Are preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable (for example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (aI) or (aI ′) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other.
  • p represents 0 or a positive integer.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
  • Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a total of 4 to 9 carbon atoms at the site decomposed by the acid. More preferably, in the above general formula (aI), the —C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 ) moiety has 4 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are methyl groups or ethyl groups, or an aspect represented by the following general formula (aII).
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 32 represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a sec-butyl group.
  • R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded. In the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of R 32 and R 33 is 8 or less.
  • the alkyl group for R 31 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 31 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 32 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an isopropyl group, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably a 3- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • examples of the hetero atom that can form the ring include an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • examples of the group having a hetero atom include a carbonyl group and the like. Can be mentioned. However, the group having a hetero atom is preferably not an ester group (ester bond).
  • the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably formed only from the carbon atom and the hydrogen atom.
  • the resin (A) is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the repeating unit having an acid-decomposing site containing 10 to 20 carbon atoms and a polycyclic structure.
  • Unit (aIII) may be included.
  • Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx in the above general formula (aI) can be used.
  • one of 3 is a group having an adamantane skeleton and the remaining two are linear or branched alkyl groups, or in general formula (aI)
  • two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded
  • An embodiment in which an adamantane structure is formed and the remaining one is a linear or branched alkyl group is preferred.
  • resin (A) may have a repeating unit which decomposes
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group that can be contained in the resin (A) may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having two or more kinds of acid-decomposable groups, for example, in the above general formula (aI), all of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are methyl groups or ethyl groups
  • the embodiment or the repeating unit of the embodiment represented by the general formula (aII) and the above-described repeating unit having 10 to 20 carbon atoms in the acid decomposition site and containing a polycyclic structure in the acid decomposition site A combination with a repeating unit represented by aIII) is preferred.
  • Preferred specific combinations in the case where the resin (A) contains two types of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group include the following.
  • the total amount of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group is preferably from 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 75 mol%, particularly preferably from 45 to 70 mol%, based on all repeating units constituting the resin (A). 50 to 70 mol% is most preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (aI) is preferably from 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 75 mol%, more preferably from 45 to 70 mol% based on all repeating units constituting the resin (A). % Is particularly preferable, and 50 to 70 mol% is most preferable.
  • the ratio of the repeating unit (aIII) to all repeating units having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 3 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and most preferably 5 to 30 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • Any lactone structure or sultone structure can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or sultone structure, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable.
  • Other ring structures are condensed in a form that forms a bicyclo structure or spiro structure in a membered lactone structure, or other rings that form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure Those having a condensed ring structure are more preferable.
  • Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), especially A preferred lactone structure is (LC1-4).
  • the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
  • One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
  • the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof independently when there are a plurality of R 0 .
  • Z is independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane bond when there are a plurality of Zs.
  • each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkylene group and cycloalkylene group represented by R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
  • the alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkylene group of R 0 , the cycloalkylene group, and the alkyl group in R 7 may each be substituted.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, a hydroxyl group, Examples thereof include alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, t-butoxy group and benzyloxy group, and acyloxy groups such as acetyloxy group and propionyloxy group.
  • R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • the preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • a preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group.
  • a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
  • the monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to ( LC1-21) and a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by any of (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), among which the structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) is more preferably 2 or less.
  • R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent.
  • a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
  • repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
  • the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O— in the formula.
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • the alkyl group represented by R A 1 may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom.
  • R A 1 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably represents a methyl group.
  • the substituent represented by R A 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, or an alkoxycarbonylamino group.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; branched alkyl groups having 3 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group.
  • N is an integer of 0 or more representing the number of substituents.
  • n is, for example, preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by A include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination thereof.
  • an alkylene group an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • A is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the polycycle containing —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O— represented by Z include, for example, a cyclic carbonate represented by the following general formula (a) together with one or more other ring structures: Examples include a structure forming a condensed ring and a structure forming a spiro ring.
  • the “other ring structure” that can form a condensed ring or a spiro ring may be an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic ring. .
  • the resin (A) may contain one of repeating units represented by the general formula (A-1) alone, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is based on the total repeating units constituting the resin (A). It is preferably 3 to 80 mol%, more preferably 3 to 60 mol%, particularly preferably 3 to 30 mol%, and most preferably 10 to 15 mol%. By setting it as such a content rate, the developability as a resist, low defect property, low LWR, low PEB temperature dependence, a profile, etc. can be improved.
  • R A 1 in the following specific examples are the same meaning as R A 1 in the general formula (A-1).
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a carbonyl group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
  • the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3) is preferably not contained in the resin (A) from the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 0 to 5 mol%, preferably 0 to 3 mol% with respect to all the repeating units constituting the resin (A). Is more preferable and 0 mol% is particularly preferable.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group as R may have a substituent, which is a hydroxyl group, an alkylcosyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aminocarbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfoxyl group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a sulfone group. It is an acid group.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group. .
  • the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group is preferably different from the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (that is, a repeating unit which is stable with respect to an acid). Preferably).
  • alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group, an adamantyl group, a diadamantyl group and a norbornane group are preferable.
  • More preferred examples include repeating units represented by any of the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc). However, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is excluded.
  • R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Ab represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Ab include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination thereof.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Rp represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • a plurality of Rp may be the same or different, but at least one of the plurality of Rp represents a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group, but the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group.
  • the content rate of the repeating unit which has a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a carbonyl group is based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%.
  • repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the repeating unit which has a carbonyl group represented by the following general formula (AIIIa) or (AIIIb) can be mentioned.
  • Ac represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • preferred examples are the repeating units represented by any one of the above general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc) It is the same as that of Ab in the unit.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (AIIIa) or (AIIIb) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, a naphthol structure, and an aliphatic alcohol group (for example, hexafluoroisopropanol group) in which the ⁇ -position is substituted with an electron withdrawing group. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a carboxyl group. By containing the repeating unit having an acid group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acid group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group.
  • a repeating unit that is bonded, or a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group is introduced at the end of the polymer chain during polymerization, and the linking group is a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon structure. You may have. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less. When resin (A) contains the repeating unit which has an acid group, content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) in the present invention can further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. .
  • a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability.
  • a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group.
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkenyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group and the like, and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and cyclohexenyl group.
  • a preferred monocyclic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.)
  • Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [ 4.4.0.1 2,5 .
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene.
  • a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
  • Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done.
  • the resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) is represented by a hydroxystyrene repeating unit. It is preferable to have a unit having an aromatic ring.
  • resin (A) containing the repeating unit which has an aromatic ring for example.
  • Resin (A) may be in an embodiment in which a structure corresponding to an acid generator described later is supported. Specifically, as such an embodiment, a structure described in JP2011-248019A (particularly, a structure described in paragraphs 0164 to 0191, a structure included in the resin described in the example in paragraph 0555). Etc. Even if the resin (A) has a structure corresponding to the acid generator, the composition of the present invention further includes an acid generator that is not supported on the resin (A) (that is, a compound described later). (B)) may be included.
  • repeating unit having a structure corresponding to the acid generator examples include the following repeating units, but are not limited thereto.
  • the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention includes, in addition to the above repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition. It is possible to have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, and the like, which are general necessary characteristics.
  • repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
  • a monomer for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
  • any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
  • the molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Furthermore, it is appropriately set for adjusting the resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general required performances of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically,
  • the ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group).
  • the resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • the form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
  • Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
  • the resin (A) does not contain a fluorine atom or a silicon atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the hydrophobic resin (HR) ( Specifically, the ratio of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, and ideally 0 mol%.
  • the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention is preferably such that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
  • all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
  • the resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, by a method commonly used in the field of polymer synthesis such as radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization, and cation polymerization).
  • a method commonly used in the field of polymer synthesis such as radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization, and cation polymerization.
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • reaction solvent examples include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diisopropyl ether, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, amide solvents such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide, Furthermore, the solvent which melt
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
  • a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
  • azo initiator an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like.
  • an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery.
  • the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
  • Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less.
  • a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less.
  • Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent
  • a normal method such as a method can be applied.
  • the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times the volume of the reaction solution.
  • the solvent (precipitation or reprecipitation solvent) used in the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution may be a poor solvent for the polymer, and may be a hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro, depending on the type of polymer.
  • a compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use.
  • a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
  • the amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
  • the temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.).
  • the precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
  • Precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
  • the resin may be dissolved again in a solvent, and the resin may be contacted with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent. That is, after completion of the radical polymerization reaction, a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is contacted to precipitate a resin (step a), the resin is separated from the solution (step b), and dissolved again in the solvent to obtain a resin solution A. (Step c), and then contact the resin solution A with a solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount less than 10 times that of the resin solution A (preferably 5 times or less volume). This may be a method including precipitating a resin solid (step d) and separating the precipitated resin (step e).
  • the synthesized resin is dissolved in a solvent to form a solution.
  • a step of heating at about 30 ° C. to 90 ° C. for about 30 minutes to 4 hours may be added.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is preferably from 6000 to 50000, more preferably from 8000 to 30000, and most preferably from 10000 to 25000, in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. By setting this molecular weight range, it can be expected that the solubility in an organic developer becomes an appropriate numerical value.
  • the degree of dispersion is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0. Those in the range are used.
  • the smaller the molecular weight distribution the better the resolution and the resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
  • the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the entire composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content. It is.
  • the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination. Although the specific example of resin (A) is shown below, it is not limited to these.
  • composition of the present invention may contain a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (B)” or “acid generator”).
  • examples of the acid generator include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI), (ZII), or (ZIII).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
  • the compound which has two or more structures represented by general formula (ZI) may be sufficient.
  • at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) is a single bond or at least one of R 201 to R 203 of another compound represented by the general formula (ZI) It may be a compound having a structure bonded through a linking group.
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • Z ⁇ include a sulfonate anion (an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, a camphor sulfonate anion, etc.), a carboxylate anion (an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, an aralkyl carboxylate anion).
  • Etc. sulfonylimide anion, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion and the like.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number. Examples include 3 to 30 cycloalkyl groups.
  • the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms).
  • an alkylthio group preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an alkylsulfonyl group preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an alkyliminosulfonyl group preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an aryloxysulfonyl group preferably a carbon atom Number 6 to 20
  • alkylaryloxysulfonyl group preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkylary Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like.
  • the aryl group and ring structure of each group may further have an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) as a substituent.
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably 7 to 7 carbon atoms. 12 aralkyl groups such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be exemplified.
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like.
  • a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • Z ⁇ examples include fluorinated phosphorus (for example, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (for example, BF 4 ⁇ ), fluorinated antimony (for example, SbF 6 ⁇ ), and the like.
  • Z ⁇ represents an aliphatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom at least in the ⁇ -position of the sulfonic acid, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anions and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anions in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom are preferred.
  • the number of fluorine atoms contained in the anion as Z ⁇ is preferably 2 or 3.
  • the pKa of the generated acid is preferably ⁇ 1 or less in order to improve sensitivity.
  • Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202 and R 203 include an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (having 3 carbon atoms). To 15 are preferred).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups.
  • aryl group in addition to a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue and a pyrrole residue can be used.
  • These aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may be bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
  • the linking group include an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), —O—, —S—, —CO—, —SO 2 — and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 are not an aryl group
  • Preferred structures when at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is not an aryl group include paragraphs 0046 and 0047 of JP-A-2004-233661, paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of JP-A-2003-35948, US Compounds exemplified as Formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1, and Formulas (IA-1) to (I) in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0077540A1
  • And cation structures such as compounds exemplified as formulas (IA-54) and formulas (IB-1) to (IB-24).
  • More preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4). First, the compound represented by general formula (ZI-3) is demonstrated.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or an alkenyl group
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 may be linked to each other to form a ring
  • R 1 and R 2 may combine with each other to form a ring
  • R X and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group
  • R X and R y may be connected to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen
  • the alkyl group as R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. Specific examples include branched alkyl groups.
  • the alkyl group of R 1 may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom in the ring.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 1 may have a substituent.
  • the alkoxy group as R 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group of R 1 may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkoxy group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkoxy group for R 1 may have a substituent.
  • the aryl group as R 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group for R 1 may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group as R 1 include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. However, at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 2 and R 3 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 .
  • the total number of carbon atoms that contribute to the formation of the ring contained in R 2 and R 3 is preferably 4 to 7, and is preferably 4 or 5 It is particularly preferred that
  • R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 is an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent), and R 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • An alkylene group preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group
  • examples of the preferable substituent include the same substituents that the aryl group as R 1 may have.
  • R 1 and R 2 are connected to each other to form a ring, it is also preferable that R 1 is a vinyl group and R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably 2 to 30 alkenyl groups such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R X and R y is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • alkyl group moiety of the 2-oxoalkyl group and alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by R X and R y for example, those previously listed as R X and R y.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group part of the 2-oxocycloalkyl group and alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y include those enumerated above as R X and Ry.
  • Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined in the general formula (ZI-3).
  • Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, and is preferably an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • m, n, p and q represent integers, preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1.
  • the alkylene group connecting S + and Y may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • R 5 represents a monovalent organic group when Y is a nitrogen atom, and is absent when Y is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • R 5 is preferably a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-4).
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 in formula (ZI-3).
  • R 5 is particularly preferably a group represented by —SO 2 —R 4 .
  • R 4 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 4 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 .
  • Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a ′) and (ZI-3b ′).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Y and R 5 are as defined in the general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b). It is.
  • Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as. Specific examples of the cation moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) are given below.
  • R 13 represents a group having a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 14 s each independently represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 14 s each independently represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alky
  • R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the atoms constituting the ring may include heteroatoms such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom. These groups may have a substituent.
  • l represents an integer of 0-2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 2 to 11 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 include a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14, include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ⁇ R 15 described above.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group for R 14 are linear, branched, or cyclic and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • This divalent R 15 may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group. Group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group and the like. There may be a plurality of substituents for the ring structure, or they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, or a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom.
  • a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom is particularly preferable.
  • R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
  • l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
  • r is preferably from 0 to 2.
  • cation structure possessed by the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) described above include the above-mentioned JP-A-2004-233661, JP-A-2003-35948, In addition to cationic structures such as compounds exemplified in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1 and US Patent Application Publication No.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are the same as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent.
  • this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI) may have.
  • Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion Z ⁇ is preferably a sulfonate anion represented by the general formula (2).
  • Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and when there are a plurality of R 7 and R 8 , R 7 and R 8 are the same But it can be different.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
  • A represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 20.
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Xf is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom as described above, and the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, a fluorine atom or CF 3 is preferable. In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • CF 3 is preferable.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —N (Ri) — (wherein Ri represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl), an alkylene group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), or a plurality of these And a divalent linking group in combination of —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —CON (Ri) —, —SO 2 N (Ri) —, —CON (Ri ) -Alkylene group-, -N (Ri) CO-alkylene group-, -COO-alkylene group- or -OCO-alkylene group-, preferably -COO-, -OCO-
  • the alkyl group as Ri is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. Specific examples include straight chain alkyl groups and branched alkyl groups. Examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include a cyanomethyl group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, a methoxycarbonylmethyl group, and an ethoxycarbonylmethyl group.
  • the organic group containing the cyclic structure of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and is not limited to alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having an aromatic attribute but also aromaticity).
  • a tetrahydropyran ring and a lactone ring structure are also included.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Also preferred are nitrogen atom-containing alicyclic groups such as piperidine group, decahydroquinoline group, decahydroisoquinoline group. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure of 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, a decahydroquinoline group, and a decahydroisoquinoline group. And diffusibility in the film in the PEB (post-exposure heating) step can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving exposure latitude.
  • PEB post-exposure heating
  • aryl group examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring.
  • naphthalene having low absorbance is preferred from the viewpoint of light absorbance at 193 nm.
  • heterocyclic group examples include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a pyridine ring are preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl Group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group, cyano group and the like.
  • alkyl group which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • aryl Group preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms
  • hydroxy group alkoxy group
  • ester group amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group, cyano group and the like.
  • the carbon constituting the organic group containing a cyclic structure may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • X is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1.
  • y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
  • z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4, and still more preferably 1.
  • the number of fluorine atoms contained in the anion represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 2 or 3. Thereby, the effect of the present invention can be further enhanced.
  • Z ⁇ is also preferably a sulfonate anion represented by the following general formula (B-1).
  • R b1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group (CF 3 ).
  • N represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • N is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • X b1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—), a sulfonate ester bond (—OSO 2 — or —SO 3 —), or a combination thereof.
  • X b1 is preferably an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—) or a sulfonate bond (—OSO 2 — or —SO 3 —), and preferably an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—). Is more preferable.
  • R b2 represents an organic group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
  • the organic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 is preferably a bulky group, and examples thereof include alkyl groups, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups having 6 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be linear or branched, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a linear or branched hexyl group, a linear or branched heptyl group, and a linear or branched octyl group. From the viewpoint of bulkiness, a branched alkyl group is preferable.
  • the alicyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is used in a PEB (post-exposure heating) step.
  • PEB post-exposure heating
  • MEEF MEEF
  • the aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group. Among these, a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, and a dibenzothiophene ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • the substituent having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring). And preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, And sulfonic acid ester groups.
  • the carbon constituting the alicyclic group, aryl group, or heterocyclic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • Z ⁇ is also preferably a sulfonate anion represented by the following general formula (AI).
  • R 1 is an alkyl group, a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • R 2 is a divalent linking group.
  • Rf is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • n 1 and n 2 are each independently 0 or 1.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that the alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and the alkyl group having a substituent is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with at least one fluorine atom. It is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by R 1 preferably has 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably 15 or less.
  • the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group. A part of —CH 2 — of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —O— or —C ( ⁇ O) —.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms, and is preferably a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a cyclooctyl group.
  • the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group those having 10 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable, and norbornyl group, adamantyl group and noradamantyl group are preferable.
  • the aryl group represented by R 1 preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably 15 or less.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R 1 preferably has 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 15 or less.
  • the aryl group and heteroaryl group may be a monocyclic aryl group or a monocyclic heteroaryl group, or may be a polycyclic aryl group or a polycyclic heteroaryl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic aryl group include a phenyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic aryl group include a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic heteroaryl group include a pyridyl group, a thienyl group, and a furanyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic heteroaryl group include a quinolyl group and an isoquinolyl group.
  • the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group as R 1 may further have a substituent.
  • a further substituent include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, Atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), nitro group, cyano group, amide group, sulfonamido group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyl group, acyloxy group, carboxy group .
  • R 1 is particularly preferably a cyclohexyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by R 2 is not particularly limited, but is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, alkylene.
  • a group preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a cycloalkylene group preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkenylene group preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an arylene group preferably May be an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heteroarylene group preferably a heteroarylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, arylene group and heteroarylene group may further have a substituent, and specific examples of such a substituent include a monovalent alicyclic ring as R 1.
  • the substituents that the hydrocarbon group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may further have are the same as those described above.
  • the divalent linking group represented by R 2 is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group or a heteroarylene group, more preferably an alkylene group, and further an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Rf is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Rf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More specifically, Rf is preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
  • n 1 is preferably 1.
  • n 2 is preferably 1.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion Z ⁇ may be a disulfonyl imido acid anion represented by the general formula (2 ′).
  • Xf is as defined in the general formula (2), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • two Xf's may be linked to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be linked to each other to form an alkylene group (preferably having 2 to 4 carbon atoms) and form a ring together with the imide group and the two sulfonyl groups.
  • the ring structure that may be formed by the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 6-membered ring.
  • alkyl groups and alkylene groups formed by connecting two alkyl groups to each other can have a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryl Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group and a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZV).
  • R 208 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
  • aryl group of R 208 include the same examples as the specific examples of the aryl group as R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI).
  • alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 include the same examples as the specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI).
  • the alkylene group of A is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 carbon atoms.
  • alkenylene groups for example, vinylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.
  • arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms for example, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.
  • acid generators are listed below. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
  • An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 28% by mass, still more preferably 10 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. is there.
  • hydrophobic resin The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is also referred to as a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (HR)” or simply “resin (HR)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure. ) May be contained.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably different from the resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) is unevenly distributed on the surface layer of the film, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to.
  • an effect of suppressing so-called outgas can be expected.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (HR) is not necessarily required to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • Hydrophobic resin (HR) is any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in side chain portion of resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the surface layer of the film It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (HR) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
  • the partial structure having a fluorine atom is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom. Preferably there is.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. It may have a substituent other than.
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • aryl group having a fluorine atom examples include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. .
  • alkyl group having a fluorine atom examples include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4).
  • the invention is not limited to this.
  • R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
  • R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms.
  • R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 , 3,3-tetrafluorocyclobutyl group, perfluorocyclohexyl group and the like.
  • Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like can be mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
  • the partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
  • X 2 represents —F or —CF 3 .
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) may contain a silicon atom.
  • the partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
  • alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include groups represented by the following general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3).
  • R 12 to R 26 each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • L 3 to L 5 each represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, and a urea bond, or a combination of two or more ( Preferably, the total carbon number is 12 or less).
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5. n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) also preferably includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • side chain CH 3 partial structure possessed by the side chain moiety in the resin (HR)
  • side chain CH 3 partial structure has a CH 3 partial structure possessed by an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. It is included.
  • a methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the resin (HR) causes the surface uneven distribution of the resin (HR) due to the influence of the main chain. Since the contribution is small, it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
  • the resin (HR) includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M).
  • R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
  • CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
  • R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 )
  • R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
  • R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (V).
  • X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom
  • R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid.
  • the organic group that is stable to acid is more specifically an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Is preferred.
  • the alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25. Preferably, they are a norbornyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
  • the aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
  • the aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • hydrocarbon group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 include isobutyl, t-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,3-dimethyl- 2-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2 , 6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,5-ditert-butyl A cyclohexyl group, a 4-isopropylcyclohexyl group, a 4-tbutylcyclohexyl group, and an isobornyl group.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
  • R 3 represents an organic group that is stable against an acid having one or more CH 3 partial structures
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 3 is an organic group that is stable to an acid, more specifically, the organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). It is preferable that
  • R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • the alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 include isopropyl group, t-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl. Group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl A -3-heptyl group, a 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, and a 2,6-dimethylheptyl group;
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (V) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • the content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by (V) is preferably 90 mol% or more, and 95 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (C). It is more preferable that The content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (C).
  • the resin (HR) is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II), and at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (V) is all the repeating units of the resin (HR).
  • the surface free energy of the resin (C) increases.
  • the resin (HR) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, so that the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
  • hydrophobic resin (HR) includes the following (x) to (z) even when (i) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, and (ii) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. ) May have at least one group selected from the group of
  • Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 5 mol% with respect to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (HR). 20 mol%.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • the group having a lactone structure As the group having a lactone structure, the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is bonded directly to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic ester and methacrylic ester.
  • this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduce
  • repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure examples include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the acid-decomposable resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (HR).
  • the content is more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (HR) include the same repeating units having an acid-decomposable group as mentioned in the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol% with respect to all repeating units in the resin (HR). The amount is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (VI).
  • R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group.
  • Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
  • R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
  • L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
  • R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
  • R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
  • the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (HR), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (HR).
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) has a silicon atom
  • the silicon atom content is preferably 2 to 50% by mass, preferably 2 to 30% by mass, based on the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (HR). More preferably.
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (HR).
  • the resin (HR) includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion
  • the resin (HR) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol based on all repeating units in the resin (HR). % Or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no fluorine atom and no silicon atom.
  • resin (HR) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom may be 95 mol% or more in all the repeating units of the resin (HR). Preferably, it is 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (HR) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 1 to 7% by mass.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that does not change over time such as foreign matter in liquid or sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
  • hydrophobic resin As the hydrophobic resin (HR), various commercially available products can be used, or they can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as described in the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (HR),
  • the concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • hydrophobic resin HR
  • the following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a basic compound in order to reduce changes in performance over time from exposure to heating.
  • Usable basic compounds are not particularly limited, and for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (6) can be used.
  • Basic compound (N) Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds (N) having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • Preferable compound (N) includes guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable compound (N) includes imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxy group.
  • Examples of the compound (N) having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole and the like.
  • Examples of the compound (N) having a diazabicyclo structure 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5, 4,0] undec-7-ene and the like.
  • Examples of the compound (N) having an onium hydroxide structure include tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide. , Tris (t-butylphenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like.
  • the anion portion of the compound (N) having an onium hydroxide structure is converted to a carboxylate.
  • the compound (N) having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine.
  • the aniline compound (N) include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like.
  • alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine.
  • aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond examples include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound (N) further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • these compounds include compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in paragraph [0066] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007 / 0224539A1.
  • the following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound (N).
  • the basic compound (N) in addition to the compounds described above, JP2011-22560A [0180] to [0225], JP2012-137735A [0218] to [0219], International Publication Pamphlet WO2011. / 158687A1 [0416] to [0438] can also be used.
  • the basic compound (N) may be a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • These basic compounds (N) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • composition of the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N), but when it is contained, the content of the basic compound (N) is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the solid content.
  • the acid generator / basic compound (N) (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention contains a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (F)”) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It is preferable to do.
  • the compound (F) is preferably a compound (F-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (F) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation.
  • An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
  • PA-I Compounds with reduced basicity generated by the decomposition of compound (F) or (F-1) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation are represented by the following general formulas (PA-I), (PA-II) or (PAIII)
  • PA-II general formulas
  • PAIII general formulas
  • the compound represented by formula (PA-II) or (PA Compounds represented by -III) are preferred.
  • a 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q represents —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H.
  • Q corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Rx) —.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R represents a monovalent organic group having a basic functional group or a monovalent organic group having an ammonium group.
  • Q 1 -X 1 -NH-X 2 -Q 2 (PA-II)
  • Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. However, either Q 1 or Q 2 has a basic functional group. Q 1 and Q 2 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —. Note that —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Q 1 -X 1 -NH-X 2 -A 2- (X 3 ) m -BQ 3 (PA-III)
  • Q 1 and Q 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • either one of Q 1 and Q 3 are a basic functional group.
  • Q 1 and Q 3 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
  • a 2 represents a divalent linking group.
  • B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Qx) —.
  • Qx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (F) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not contain the compound (F), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (F) is actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive.
  • the content is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the solid content of the radiation resin composition.
  • a compound (F-2) that generates an acid (weak acid) having a strength that does not decompose the acid-decomposable group of the resin (A) by acid irradiation or irradiation. can also be mentioned.
  • this compound examples include onium salts of carboxylic acids having no fluorine atom (preferably sulfonium salts), onium salts of sulfonic acids having no fluorine atoms (preferably sulfonium salts), and the like.
  • the cation structure of the sulfonium salt the sulfonium cation structure mentioned in the acid generator (B) can be preferably mentioned.
  • examples of the compound (F-2) include compounds described in [0170] of WO2012 / 053527A, compounds [0268] to [0269] of JP2012-173419A, and the like.
  • composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (G)”).
  • the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. It is particularly preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (N ′′) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (G) is preferably an amine derivative having a group on the nitrogen atom that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • Compound (G) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group ( Preferably, it represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are substituted with a functional group such as hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group, oxo group, alkoxy group, or halogen atom. It may be. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
  • Rb is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
  • the compound (G) particularly preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • l 2
  • two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • the heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • satisfies l + m 3.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra are described above as the groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group.
  • Ra alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group examples include: The same group as the preferable example mentioned above about Rb is mentioned.
  • the heterocyclic ring formed by connecting the Ra to each other preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms.
  • particularly preferable compound (G) in the present invention include compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012 / 0135348A1, but are not limited thereto. Absent.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298569A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
  • the low molecular compound (G) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound (G) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the amount is 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the composition of this invention may also contain the onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound.
  • This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
  • Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
  • X + represents an onium cation.
  • the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom.
  • the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
  • Examples of the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation and the iodonium cation include the aforementioned sulfonium cation structure of the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium structure of the general formula (ZII) in the compound (B).
  • ZI sulfonium cation structure of the general formula
  • ZII iodonium structure of the general formula (ZII) in the compound (B).
  • a specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
  • the content is usually based on the solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention includes a compound contained in the formula (I) of JP2012-189777A, a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A, An onium salt structure and an acid anion structure in one molecule such as a compound represented by the formula (I) of Kaikai 2013-8020 and a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP 2012-252124 A
  • a compound having both of these (hereinafter also referred to as betaine compounds) can be preferably used.
  • the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable.
  • the acid anion structure is preferably a sulfonate anion or a carboxylic acid anion. Examples of this compound include the following.
  • solvent examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate alkyl ester, alkoxy
  • An organic solvent such as alkyl propionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), monoketone compound having a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, alkyl pyruvate, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent containing a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group may be used as the organic solvent.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group can be selected as appropriate.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate
  • ethyl ethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • the mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. .
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) single solvent or a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA).
  • Preferred specific examples of the mixed solvent include a mixed solvent containing PGMEA and a ketone solvent (cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, etc.), a mixed solvent containing PGMEA and a lactone solvent ( ⁇ -butyrolactone, etc.), and a mixed solvent containing PGMEA and PGME.
  • PGMEA / PGME / lactone solvent a mixed solvent containing three types of PGMEA / PGME / ketone solvent
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant fluorine and / or silicon-based surfactant (fluorinated surfactant, It is more preferable to contain any one of a silicon-based surfactant and a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, or two or more thereof.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention contains a surfactant, adhesion and development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less.
  • a small resist pattern can be provided.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant examples include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method).
  • a surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used.
  • the fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
  • Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is preferably relative to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent). Is 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased by setting the addition amount of the surfactant to 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent).
  • the surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
  • the composition of the present invention can be prepared by appropriately mixing the above components. During the preparation, a process of reducing metal impurities in the composition to the ppb level using an ion exchange membrane, a process of filtering impurities such as various particles using an appropriate filter, a deaeration process, etc. Good. Specifics of these steps are described in JP 2012-88574 A, JP 2010-189563 A, JP 2001-12529 A, JP 2001-350266 A, and JP 2002-99076 A. JP-A-5-307263, JP-A-2010-164980, WO2006 / 121162A, JP-A-2010-243866, JP-A-2010-020297, and the like.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably has a low moisture content.
  • the water content is preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.3% by mass or less in the total weight of the composition.
  • ⁇ Resist preparation 1> The components shown in Table 4 below were dissolved in a solvent to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration shown in the same table, and this was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 ⁇ m to prepare a resist solution.
  • the reaction solution is allowed to cool, then re-precipitated with a large amount of hexane / ethyl acetate (mass ratio 7: 3), filtered, and the obtained solid is vacuum-dried to obtain 55.3 parts by mass of resin (P-4). Obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw: converted to polystyrene), the number average molecular weight (Mn: converted to polystyrene) and the dispersity (Mw / Mn, hereinafter “Pd” were measured by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement. )) was calculated.
  • the composition ratio (molar ratio) was calculated by 1 H-NMR measurement.
  • hydrophobic resin As the hydrophobic resin, the following 1b to 4b were used.
  • W-1 MegaFuck F176 (Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .; fluorine-based)
  • W-2 PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorine system) ⁇ Solvent> As the solvent, those shown below were used.
  • thermal decomposition means thermal decomposition of a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group.
  • an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML; PAS5500, NA0.75, Annular, outer sigma 0.89, inner sigma 0.65) is passed through the resist film through a 75 nm 1: 1 line and space mask. The exposure used was performed.
  • the resulting resist film was subjected to pattern exposure using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.960, inner sigma 0.709, XY deflection). went.
  • SMTL XT1700i ArF excimer laser immersion scanner
  • NA 1.20 NA 1.20
  • C-Quad outer sigma 0.960
  • the wafer was rotated at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to obtain a 44 nm (1: 1) line-and-space resist pattern.
  • an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML; PAS5500, NA0.75, Annular, outer sigma 0.89, inner sigma 0.65) is passed through this resist film through an 80 nm 1: 1 line and space mask. The exposure used was performed.
  • the resulting resist film was subjected to pattern exposure using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.960, inner sigma 0.709, XY deflection). went.
  • SMTL XT1700i ArF excimer laser immersion scanner
  • NA 1.20 NA 1.20
  • C-Quad outer sigma 0.960
  • ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
  • the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Development was carried out for 10 seconds using an aqueous alkaline solution, followed by rinsing with pure water for 30 seconds.
  • Example 21 An organic antireflection film ARC29A (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. On top of that, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. In this way, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was formed.
  • ARC29A manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML; PAS5500, NA0.75, Annular, outer sigma 0.89, inner sigma 0.65) is passed through this resist film through an 80 nm 1: 1 line and space mask. The exposure used was performed.
  • Example 29 On the silicon wafer, an organic antireflection film ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds. As a result, an antireflection film having a film thickness of 98 nm was formed on the silicon wafer. On top of this, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereby, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was formed.
  • the resulting resist film was subjected to pattern exposure using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.960, inner sigma 0.709, XY deflection). went.
  • SMTL XT1700i ArF excimer laser immersion scanner
  • NA 1.20 NA 1.20
  • C-Quad outer sigma 0.960
  • ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
  • the mixture was cooled to room temperature.
  • baking for thermal decomposition was performed and the mixture was cooled to room temperature.
  • ⁇ Resist preparation 2> The components shown in Table 7 below were dissolved in the solvent shown in the same table so that the solid content was 1.6% by mass, and each was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.05 ⁇ m.
  • Example 31 Compared to Example 1, the resist composition was changed to Ar-36 shown in Table 7 and the pattern was formed in accordance with Example 1 except that the exposure light source was changed to EUV light (extreme ultraviolet light). As a result of the same evaluation, it was found that a good pattern was obtained.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet light
  • Example 32> Compared to Example 1, the resist composition was changed to Ar-37 shown in Table 7 and the pattern was formed in accordance with Example 1 except that the exposure light source was changed to EUV light (extreme ultraviolet light). As a result of the same evaluation, it was found that a good pattern was obtained.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet light
  • Example 33 Evaluation was conducted in the same manner as in Example 15 except that a developer in which 1% by mass of n-octylamine was added to the butyl acetate developer was used. Even in this case, a good pattern could be formed.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

 This pattern-forming method is characterized by including the following steps: a step in which an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin, the solvability of which in an organic solvent decreases as a result of the action of acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms ionic bonds with polar groups in the resin, is applied onto a substrate to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; a step in which the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is exposed; and a step in which the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is developed using a developer including an organic solvent, to form a negative pattern.

Description

パターン形成方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスPattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
 本発明は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、さらにはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程に使用される、パターン形成方法、該パターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスに関するものである。特に波長が300nm以下の遠紫外線光を光源とするArF露光装置および液浸式投影露光装置で露光するために好適な、パターン形成方法、該パターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, and other photofabrication lithography processes, and an activity sensitive used in the pattern forming method. The present invention relates to a light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device. Particularly suitable for exposure with an ArF exposure apparatus and an immersion projection exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, and actinic ray sensitivity or radiation sensitivity used in the pattern formation method The present invention relates to a resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a method for producing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うためにレジストの画像形成方法として化学増幅という画像形成方法が用いられている。ポジ型の化学増幅の画像形成方法を例に挙げ説明すると、エキシマレーザー、電子線、極紫外光などの露光により、露光部の酸発生剤が分解し酸を生成させ、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)でその発生酸を反応触媒として利用してアルカリ不溶の基をアルカリ可溶基に変化させ、アルカリ現像液により露光部を除去する画像形成方法である。 Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as an image forming method for a resist in order to compensate for sensitivity reduction due to light absorption. An example of a positive-type chemical amplification image forming method will be described. By exposure with an excimer laser, an electron beam, extreme ultraviolet light, or the like, an acid generator in an exposed area is decomposed to generate an acid, and a post-exposure baking (PEB) : Post Exposure Bake) using an acid generated as a reaction catalyst to change an alkali-insoluble group to an alkali-soluble group and removing an exposed portion with an alkali developer.
 一方、近年では、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液を用いたネガ型パターン形成方法も開発されつつあり、例えば、特許文献1には、現像液として有機溶剤に含窒素化合物を添加した現像液を使用してネガ型パターンを形成する方法が記載されている。 On the other hand, in recent years, a negative pattern forming method using a developer containing an organic solvent is being developed. For example, Patent Document 1 uses a developer obtained by adding a nitrogen-containing compound to an organic solvent as a developer. Thus, a method for forming a negative pattern is described.
 また、更に解像力を高める2重パターニング技術としての2重現像技術が特許文献12に記載されている。露光によってレジスト組成物中の樹脂の極性が、光強度の高い領域では高極性になり、光強度の低い領域では低極性に維持されることを利用して、特定のレジスト膜の高露光領域を高極性の現像液に溶解させ、低露光領域を有機溶剤を含む現像液に溶解させることにより、中間露光量の領域が現像で溶解除去されずに残り、露光用マスクの半ピッチを有するラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されている。 Further, Patent Document 12 describes a double development technique as a double patterning technique for further increasing the resolution. By utilizing the fact that the polarity of the resin in the resist composition by exposure becomes high polarity in regions with high light intensity and low polarity in regions with low light intensity, By dissolving in a high-polarity developer and dissolving the low exposure area in a developer containing an organic solvent, the intermediate exposure area remains undissolved by development and has a line-and-half with an exposure mask half pitch. A space pattern is formed.
特許第5056974号公報Japanese Patent No. 5056974 特開2008-292975号公報JP 2008-292975 A
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いたネガ型パターンの形成においては、未露光部と露光部の溶解コントラストが小さいことが原因と推測される、膜べり、線幅バラツキ(line width roughness:LWR)、その他諸性能の更なる改善が求められる。また、二重現像技術を利用したパターン形成のために、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像時の膜べりを抑制することが求められる。 In the formation of a negative pattern using a developer containing an organic solvent, film thickness, line width variation (LWR), which is presumed to be caused by a low dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area, Further improvements in other performances are required. In addition, for pattern formation using a double development technique, it is required to suppress film slippage during development using a developer containing an organic solvent.
 本発明は、線幅バラツキ(LWR)が小さく、更には膜べりが低減されたパターンを形成できるパターン形成方法、この方法に好適に用い得る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を提供することを課題としている。本発明はまた、このパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスを提供することを課題としている。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern with small line width variation (LWR) and reduced film slip, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can be suitably used in this method, and an activity It is an object to provide a light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Another object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device including the pattern forming method.
 本発明は、一態様において、以下の通りである。 
 [1] -酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂、溶剤、及び、前記樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
 -前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び、
 -有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて露光した前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像し、ネガ型パターンを形成する工程、を含むことを特徴とするパターン形成方法。
In one aspect, the present invention is as follows.
[1] An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin A step of applying an object on a substrate to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film;
-Exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and
A pattern forming method comprising: developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern;
 [2] さらに、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像し、ポジ型パターンを形成する工程を含むことを特徴とする[1]に記載のパターン形成方法。 [2] The pattern forming method according to [1], further comprising a step of developing using an alkali developer to form a positive pattern.
 [3] [1]に記載のパターン形成方法に含まれる各工程を記載の通りの順序で含み、更に、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像し、ポジ型パターンを形成する工程を、前記露光工程と有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた前記現像工程の間に含むことを特徴とする[1]又は[2]に記載のパターン形成方法。 [3] Steps including the steps included in the pattern forming method according to [1] in the order as described, and further developing with an alkaline developer to form a positive pattern are referred to as the exposure step. The pattern forming method according to [1] or [2], which is included during the developing step using a developer containing an organic solvent.
 [4] さらに、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物を分解する工程を含むことを特徴とする[1]から[3]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 [4] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [3], further including a step of decomposing the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group.
 [5] [1]に記載のパターン形成方法に含まれる各工程を記載の通りの順序で含み、更に、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物を分解する工程を、前記露光工程と有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた前記現像工程の間に含むことを特徴とする[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 [5] The step of including the steps included in the pattern forming method according to [1] in the order described, and further decomposing the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group, The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4], which is included between the step and the developing step using a developer containing an organic solvent.
 [6] [3]に記載のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いた前記現像工程と有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた前記現像工程の間に、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物を分解する工程を更に含むことを特徴とするパターン形成方法。 [6] The pattern forming method according to [3] includes a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group between the developing step using an alkali developer and the developing step using a developer containing an organic solvent. A pattern forming method, further comprising a step of decomposing the generated compound.
 [7] 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物の分解が、加熱により行われることを特徴とする[4]から[6]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 [7] The pattern forming method according to any one of [4] to [6], wherein the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is decomposed by heating.
 [8] 前記加熱が120℃以上の温度で行われることを特徴とする[7]に記載のパターン形成方法。 [8] The pattern forming method according to [7], wherein the heating is performed at a temperature of 120 ° C. or higher.
 [9] 前記露光が、液浸液を介して行われることを特徴とする[1]から[8]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 [9] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the exposure is performed through an immersion liquid.
 [10] 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物が、下記一般式(1)により表されることを特徴とする[1]から[9]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
[10] The pattern according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is represented by the following general formula (1): Forming method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
Where
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Rは、置換基を表す。 R 3 represents a substituent.
 R、R及びRの少なくとも2つは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。 At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 [11] 酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂、溶剤、及び、前記樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含むことを特徴とする感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 [11] An actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive material comprising a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin. Radiation resin composition.
 [12] 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物が、下記一般式(1)により表されることを特徴とする[11]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[12] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [11], wherein the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is represented by the following general formula (1): object.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
Where
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Rは、置換基を表す。 R 3 represents a substituent.
 R、R及び、Rの少なくとも2つは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。 At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 [13] 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物の含有率が、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として2~10質量%であることを特徴とする[11]又は[12]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 [13] The content of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is 2 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [11] or [12].
 [14] [11]から[13]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物から形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 [14] An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition according to any one of [11] to [13].
 [15] [1]から[10]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 [15] An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [10].
 [16] [14]に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。 [16] An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to [14].
 本発明により、線幅バラツキ(LWR)が小さく、更には膜べりが低減されたパターンを形成できるパターン形成方法、この方法に好適に用い得る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を提供することができる。また、本発明により、このパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスを提供することができる。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY According to the present invention, a pattern forming method capable of forming a pattern with small line width variation (LWR) and reduced film slip, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can be suitably used in this method, and activity sensitivity A light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be provided. Further, according to the present invention, an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device including the pattern forming method can be provided.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。 
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
 なお、ここで「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。 Here, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-ray, electron beam (EB), and the like. . In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation.
 また、ここで「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。 In addition, “exposure” here means not only exposure with far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in exposure.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて露光した上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像し、ネガ型パターンを形成する工程を含み、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として、酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂、溶剤、及び、上記樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含む組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」などともいう)を使用する。 The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises a step of applying an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on a substrate to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. And the step of developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive As a functional resin composition, a composition containing a resin that reduces the solubility in an organic solvent by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin (hereinafter referred to as “the present invention”). Or the like ".
 化学増幅型レジスト膜を有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、「有機溶剤系現像液」ともいう)で現像しネガ型パターンを形成する工程では、露光部がパターンとして残り、未露光部が除去されるが、本発明者等は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含有させることにより、パターンのLWRが改善され、且つ、膜減りが低減することを見出した。これは、露光部における樹脂中の酸の作用により分解して発生した極性基に、化合物(B)から発生した該極性基と共にイオン結合を形成する成分が作用して塩を形成することにより、有機溶剤系現像液に対するレジストの不溶化が高まり、未露光部と露光部との溶解コントラストが大きくなることに起因していると推測される。 In the step of developing the chemically amplified resist film with a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as “organic solvent developer”) to form a negative pattern, the exposed portion remains as a pattern and the unexposed portion is removed. However, the present inventors have improved the LWR of the pattern by adding a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group into the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and the film It has been found that the reduction is reduced. This is because the component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group generated from the compound (B) acts on the polar group generated by decomposition by the action of the acid in the resin in the exposed portion, thereby forming a salt. It is presumed that the insolubilization of the resist with respect to the organic solvent developer is increased, and the dissolution contrast between the unexposed portion and the exposed portion is increased.
 以下、本発明のパターン形成方法に含まれる各工程について詳細に説明し、次いで、このパターン形成方法に好適に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, each step included in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail, and then the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition suitably used for this pattern forming method will be described in detail.
 上述したように、本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 -極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
 -上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び、
 -有機溶剤系現像液を用いて露光した上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像し、ネガ型パターンを形成する工程、を含む。
As described above, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes:
A step of applying an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film;
-Exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and
-Developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using an organic solvent-based developer to form a negative pattern.
 [極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物の分解工程]
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、一態様において、本発明の組成物に含有される、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解し、酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生させる工程を含む。ここで、「樹脂中の極性基」とは、後述する酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂(「樹脂(A)」)が、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(酸分解性基)を有する場合には、酸分解性基が分解して発生する極性基を意味し、また、樹脂(A)が当初から極性基を有する場合には、当該極性基と、酸分解性基が分解して発生する極性基の双方を意味する。
[Decomposition step of a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group]
In one embodiment, the pattern forming method of the present invention decomposes a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group, contained in the composition of the present invention, and the solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid. A step of generating a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin. Here, the “polar group in the resin” is a group (resin (A)) whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid described later (“resin (A)”), which decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group ( Acid-decomposable group) means a polar group generated by the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group, and when the resin (A) has a polar group from the beginning, the polar group and the acid It means both polar groups generated by decomposing decomposable groups.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解する工程は、例えば、露光工程と有機溶剤系現像液を用いた現像工程との間に含まれる。本発明のパターン形成方法が、後述するように、露光工程の後かつ現像工程の前に、露光後加熱(Post Exposure Bake:PEB)工程を含む場合、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解する工程は、PEB工程と有機系現像液を用いた現像工程との間に含まれることが好ましい。PEB工程の後に、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解することにより、PEB工程によって樹脂中の酸分解性基における脱保護が進行した後で、上記化合物が分解して発生した成分と上記脱保護により発生した極性基とが塩形成するため好ましい。 In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the step of decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is included, for example, between an exposure step and a development step using an organic solvent developer. When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a post-exposure bake (PEB) step after the exposure step and before the development step as described later, a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is generated. Preferably, the step of decomposing the compound to be included is included between the PEB step and the development step using an organic developer. After the PEB step, by decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group, after the deprotection of the acid-decomposable group in the resin proceeds by the PEB step, the compound is decomposed and generated. This is preferable because the formed component and the polar group generated by the above deprotection form a salt.
 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解させる手段としては、例えば、可視光・紫外光の照射、あるいは、加熱などを適用することができる。 As means for decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group, for example, irradiation with visible light / ultraviolet light, heating, or the like can be applied.
 加熱により極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解させる場合、加熱手段は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段を利用してもよいし、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。 
 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を分解するための加熱温度は、化合物に応じて適宜設定されるが、例えば、90~250℃で行うことが好ましく、120~200℃で行うことがより好ましく、120~170℃で行うことが更に好ましい。 
 加熱時間は、例えば、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。 
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、現像工程を複数回含んでもよく、例えば、有機溶剤系現像液を用いてネガ型パターンを形成する現像工程と、アルカリ現像液を用いてポジ型パターンを形成する現像工程とを含んでいてもよい。この場合、先ずアルカリ現像液を用いた第一の現像を行い、その後に有機溶剤系現像液を用いた第二の現像を行うことが好ましく、この場合における極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物の分解工程は、アルカリ現像液を用いた第一の現像工程と、有機溶剤系現像液を用いた第二の現像工程との間に含まれることが好ましい。これにより、未露光部と露光部の溶解コントラストが更に大きくなり、本発明の効果が高まる。
When decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group by heating, the heating means is not particularly limited, and for example, means provided in a normal exposure / development machine may be used. However, a hot plate or the like may be used.
The heating temperature for decomposing the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is appropriately set depending on the compound. For example, the heating temperature is preferably 90 to 250 ° C., and preferably 120 to 200 ° C. It is more preferable to carry out at 120 to 170 ° C.
For example, the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include a developing step a plurality of times, for example, a developing step of forming a negative pattern using an organic solvent developer, and a developing of forming a positive pattern using an alkali developer. And a process. In this case, it is preferable to first perform the first development using an alkali developer, and then to perform the second development using an organic solvent-based developer. In this case, the component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is added. The decomposition step of the generated compound is preferably included between the first development step using an alkali developer and the second development step using an organic solvent developer. Thereby, the dissolution contrast of an unexposed part and an exposed part becomes still larger, and the effect of this invention increases.
 [製膜工程]
 基板に対する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の塗布は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。例えば、ウェハー中心の位置で感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布した後、スピンナーにて基板を回転させて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成してもよいし、回転させながら感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を塗布して感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成してもよい。
[Film forming process]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be applied to the substrate by a generally known method. For example, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition may be formed by applying an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition on the substrate at the center of the wafer and then rotating the substrate with a spinner. Alternatively, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film may be applied while rotating to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
 [加熱工程]
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、一形態において、加熱工程を含んでいてもよい。ここで、加熱工程とは、上述した極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を熱により分解する工程とは異なり、例えば露光部の反応を促進し、感度やパターンプロファイルを改善するために、上記化合物が分解しない程度の温度で加熱することを意味する。
[Heating process]
In one embodiment, the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step. Here, the heating step is different from the above-described step of thermally decomposing a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group, for example, to promote the reaction of the exposed portion and improve the sensitivity and pattern profile. Furthermore, it means heating at a temperature at which the above compound does not decompose.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、例えば、製膜工程の後かつ露光工程の前に、前加熱(PB;Prebake)工程を含むことも好ましい。 
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、他の形態において、露光工程の後かつ現像工程の前に、露光後加熱(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むことも好ましい。
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes, for example, a preheating (PB) process after the film forming process and before the exposure process.
In another form, the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes a post-exposure heating (PEB) step after the exposure step and before the development step.
 加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。 
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。 
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 [露光工程]
 本発明の露光方法に用いられる光源波長に制限は無いが、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、電子線等を挙げることができ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましく、ArFエキシマレーザーであることがより好ましい。
[Exposure process]
Although there is no restriction | limiting in the light source wavelength used for the exposure method of this invention, Infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, an electron beam, etc. can be mentioned, Preferably it is 250 nm or less. More preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, etc., KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam are preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
 また、本発明の露光工程においては液浸露光方法を適用することができる。液浸露光方法は、位相シフト法、変形照明法などの超解像技術と組み合わせることが可能である。 Also, an immersion exposure method can be applied in the exposure process of the present invention. The immersion exposure method can be combined with a super-resolution technique such as a phase shift method or a modified illumination method.
 液浸露光を行う場合には、(1)基板上に膜を形成した後、露光する工程の前に、及び/又は(2)液浸液を介して膜に露光する工程の後、膜を加熱する工程の前に、膜の表面を水系の薬液で洗浄する工程を実施してもよい。 When performing immersion exposure, (1) after forming the film on the substrate, before the exposure step and / or (2) after exposing the film via the immersion liquid, Prior to the heating step, a step of washing the surface of the membrane with an aqueous chemical may be performed.
 液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましいが、特に露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長;193nm)である場合には、上述の観点に加えて、入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。 The immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film. In the case of an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm), it is preferable to use water from the viewpoints of availability and ease of handling in addition to the above-described viewpoints.
 水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに、界面活性力を増大させる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加しても良い。この添加剤はウエハー上のレジスト層を溶解させず、かつレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できるものが好ましい。 
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
When water is used, an additive (liquid) that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
As such an additive, for example, an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage is obtained that the refractive index change as a whole liquid can be made extremely small.
 一方で、193nm光に対して不透明な物質や屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物が混入した場合、レジスト上に投影される光学像の歪みを招くため、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。 On the other hand, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used because it causes distortion of the optical image projected on the resist when an opaque material or impurities whose refractive index is significantly different from that of water are mixed with 193 nm light. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.

 液浸液として用いる水の電気抵抗は、18.3MQcm以上であることが望ましく、TOC(有機物濃度)は20ppb以下であることが望ましく、脱気処理をしていることが望ましい。

The electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 MQcm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(DO)を用いたりしてもよい。 Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive that increases the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成したレジスト膜の後退接触角は温度23±3℃、湿度45±5%において70°以上であり、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適であり、75°以上であることが好ましく、75~85°であることがより好ましい。 
 前記後退接触角が小さすぎると、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適に用いることができず、かつ水残り(ウォーターマーク)欠陥低減の効果を十分に発揮することができない。好ましい後退接触角を実現する為には、前記の疎水性樹脂(HR)を前記感活性光線性または放射線性組成物に含ませることが好ましい。あるいは、レジスト膜の上に、疎水性の樹脂組成物によるコーティング層(いわゆる「トップコート」)を形成することにより後退接触角を向上させてもよい。
The receding contact angle of the resist film formed by using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention is 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ± 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ± 5%, and through the immersion medium. Suitable for exposure, preferably 75 ° or more, more preferably 75 to 85 °.
If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited. In order to achieve a preferable receding contact angle, it is preferable to include the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition. Alternatively, the receding contact angle may be improved by forming a coating layer (so-called “topcoat”) of a hydrophobic resin composition on the resist film.
 液浸露光工程に於いては、露光ヘッドが高速でウェハ上をスキャンし露光パターンを形成していく動きに追随して、液浸液がウェハ上を動く必要があるので、動的な状態に於けるレジスト膜に対する液浸液の接触角が重要になり、液滴が残存することなく、露光ヘッドの高速なスキャンに追随する性能がレジストには求められる。 In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed to form the exposure pattern. In this case, the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
 [現像工程]
 本発明のパターン形成方法における現像工程は、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(有機系現像液)を用いて行われる。これによりネガ型のパターンが形成される。
[Development process]
The development step in the pattern forming method of the present invention is performed using a developer (organic developer) containing an organic solvent. As a result, a negative pattern is formed.
 有機系現像液としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。 As the organic developer, polar solvents such as ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチルー3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl. Examples include ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, and propyl lactate. be able to.
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such as Lumpur can be mentioned.
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。 
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。 
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましく、とりわけ、エステル系溶剤としての酢酸ブチルまたケトン系溶剤としてのメチルアミルケトン(2-ヘプタノン)を含む現像液が好ましい。 In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and ester solvents, and in particular, butyl acetate or ketone as the ester solvent. A developer containing methyl amyl ketone (2-heptanone) as a system solvent is preferred.
 溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。 
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
A plurality of solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。 
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in the specifications of US Pat. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。 The amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 また、有機系現像液には、必要に応じて特開2013-11833号公報の特に[0021]~[0063]に記載の含窒素化合物を添加してもよい。 Further, if necessary, nitrogen-containing compounds described in JP-A-2013-11833, particularly [0021] to [0063] may be added to the organic developer.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。 As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は、一例として、好ましくは2mL/sec/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm以上が好ましい。この詳細については、特開2010-232550号公報の特に段落0022~段落0029等に記載されている。 When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is As an example, it is preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, and still more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput. Details of this are described in JP 2010-232550 A, in particular paragraphs 0022 to 0029.
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。 Further, after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of stopping development may be performed while substituting with another solvent.
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法が複数回の現像工程を含む場合、上述したように、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程と有機系現像液を用いて現像する工程とを組み合わせてもよい。これにより、US8227183B号公報のFIG.1-FIG.11等で説明されているように、光学像の空間周波数の1/2のパターンを得られることが期待できる。 In addition, when the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a plurality of development steps, as described above, the step of developing using an alkaline developer and the step of developing using an organic developer may be combined. As a result, FIG. 1-FIG. 11 and the like, it can be expected that a pattern having a half of the spatial frequency of the optical image can be obtained.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を含む場合、使用可能なアルカリ現像液は特に限定されないが、一般的には、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38%質量の水溶液が望ましい。また、アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。 
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。 
 アルカリ現像の後に行うリンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 
 [リンス工程]
 有機系現像液を用いて現像する工程の後には、リンス液を用いて洗浄するリンス工程を含むことが好ましい。このリンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用することができる。前記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer, the alkali developer that can be used is not particularly limited, but generally, it is 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. An aqueous solution is desirable. In addition, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
As a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development, pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
[Rinse process]
After the step of developing using an organic developer, it is preferable to include a rinse step of washing using a rinse solution. The rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. As the rinsing liquid, a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents is used. It is preferable.
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, ketone solvent, ester solvent, alcohol solvent, amide solvent and ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
 本発明の一形態において、現像工程後に、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、更に好ましくは、アルコール系溶剤又はエステル系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、特に好ましくは、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、最も好ましくは、炭素数5以上の1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。 In one embodiment of the present invention, after the development step, the step of washing with a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents. More preferably, the step of washing with a rinsing solution containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is performed, and the step of washing with a rinsing solution containing a monohydric alcohol is particularly preferred. Preferably, a cleaning step is performed using a rinse liquid containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms.
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。 
 前記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。
Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, and 4-methyl-2-pen. Tanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol and the like can be used.
A plurality of these components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 
 リンス工程においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いる現像を行ったウェハを前記の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転塗布方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
In the rinsing step, the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is washed using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent. The cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 本発明に使用される有機系現像液、アルカリ現像液、および/またはリンス液は、各種微粒子や金属元素などの不純物が少ないことが好ましい。このような不純物が少ない薬液を得るためには、これら薬液をクリーンルーム内で製造し、また、テフロン(登録商標)フィルター、ポリオレフィン系フィルター、イオン交換フィルター等の各種フィルターによるろ過を行うなどして、不純物低減を行うことが好ましい。金属元素は、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Mn、Li、Al、Cr、Ni、及び、Znの金属元素濃度がいずれも10ppm以下であることが好ましく、5ppm以下であることがより好ましい。 The organic developer, alkali developer, and / or rinse solution used in the present invention preferably have few impurities such as various fine particles and metal elements. In order to obtain such chemicals with few impurities, these chemicals are manufactured in a clean room, and filtered with various filters such as Teflon (registered trademark) filters, polyolefin filters, ion exchange filters, etc. It is preferable to reduce impurities. As for the metal element, the metal element concentrations of Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Mn, Li, Al, Cr, Ni, and Zn are all preferably 10 ppm or less, and preferably 5 ppm or less. More preferred.
 また、現像液やリンス液の保管容器については、特に限定されず、電子材料用途で用いられている、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ポリエチレン-ポリプロピレン樹脂などの容器を適宜使用することができるが、容器から溶出する不純物を低減する為、容器の内壁から薬液へ溶出する成分が少ない容器を選択することも好ましい。このような容器として、容器の内壁がパーフルオロ樹脂である容器(例えば、Entegris社製 FluoroPurePFA複合ドラム(接液内面;PFA樹脂ライニング)、JFE社製 鋼製ドラム缶(接液内面;燐酸亜鉛皮膜))などが挙げられる。 The storage container for the developer and the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited, and containers such as polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin that are used for electronic materials can be used as appropriate. In order to reduce impurities eluted from the container, it is also preferable to select a container having a small amount of components eluted from the inner wall of the container into the chemical solution. As such a container, a container whose inner wall is a perfluoro resin (for example, FluoroPure PFA composite drum (wetted inner surface; PFA resin lining) manufactured by Entegris), steel drum can (wetted inner surface; zinc phosphate coating) manufactured by JFE ).
 本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。 
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method of the present invention described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 本発明のパターン形成方法で得られたパターンは、一般には、半導体デバイスのエッチングマスク等として好適に用いられるが、その他の用途にも用いることが可能である。その他の用途としては、例えば、DSA(Directed Self-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACS Nano Vol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)、いわゆるスペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)としての使用(例えば特開平3-270227、特開2013-164509など参照)などがある。 The pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of the present invention is generally suitably used as an etching mask for a semiconductor device or the like, but can also be used for other purposes. Other uses include, for example, guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. JP-A-3-270227, JP-A-2013-164509, etc.).
 <感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物>
 本発明の組成物は、酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂、溶剤、及び、上記樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含む。 
 また、本発明の組成物は、一態様において、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物、疎水性樹脂、塩基性化合物、界面活性剤の少なくとも1つを更に含有していてもよい。 
 以下、これら各成分について説明する。
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The composition of this invention contains the compound which generate | occur | produces the component which forms an ion bond with the resin in which the solubility with respect to an organic solvent reduces by the effect | action of an acid, a solvent, and the polar group in the said resin.
In one embodiment, the composition of the present invention may further contain at least one of a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, a hydrophobic resin, a basic compound, and a surfactant.
Hereinafter, each of these components will be described.
 [極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物]
 本発明の組成物が含有する極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物は、光照射や加熱等によって分解し、後述する酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂中の極性基と、イオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物である。 
 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物は、酸の作用に対し所定の安定性を有する。具体的には、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物は、酸の作用に対し、下記安定性試験により評価される安定性を有する。 
 安定性試験:極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物(5mg)、及び、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(10mg)をCDCl(1.0mL)に溶解し、25℃で1時間静置する。その後、混合物のH-NMRを測定し、該化合物とその分解物のピーク強度より、化合物が90%以上残存しているものを酸に安定とする。
[Compounds that generate components that form ionic bonds with polar groups]
The compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group contained in the composition of the present invention is decomposed by light irradiation, heating, etc., and the polar group in the resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid described later. And a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond.
A compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group has a predetermined stability against the action of an acid. Specifically, a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group has the stability evaluated by the following stability test against the action of an acid.
Stability test: A compound capable of forming an ion bond with a polar group (5 mg) and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (10 mg) are dissolved in CDCl 3 (1.0 mL) and allowed to stand at 25 ° C. for 1 hour. . Thereafter, 1 H-NMR of the mixture is measured, and a compound in which 90% or more of the compound remains is stabilized in an acid based on the peak intensity of the compound and its decomposition product.
 本発明の一形態において、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物は、熱により分解して極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。ここで、化合物の分解により発生する、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分としては、例えば、塩基が挙げられる。ここでいう塩基は、極性基とイオン結合を形成し得るものであればよい。この塩基としてより具体的には、共役酸のpKaが通常4以上、好ましくは6以上、更に好ましくは8以上の塩基である。共役酸のpKaの上限値は得に限定されないが、好ましくは18以下、より好ましくは16以下、更に好ましくは14以下である。なお、ここに記載のpKa値は、ACD/ChemSketch(ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version:8.08)を用いた計算により求められる値である。塩基としてはアミンが好ましく、2級又は3級アミンがより好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is preferably a compound that decomposes by heat to generate a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group. Here, as a component which forms an ionic bond with a polar group generated by decomposition of a compound, for example, a base can be mentioned. The base here should just be a thing which can form an ionic bond with a polar group. More specifically, the base has a pKa of the conjugate acid of usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, and more preferably 8 or more. The upper limit value of the pKa of the conjugate acid is not limited to obtaining, but is preferably 18 or less, more preferably 16 or less, and still more preferably 14 or less. The pKa value described here is a value obtained by calculation using ACD / ChemSketch (ACD / LabsLab8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08). The base is preferably an amine, and more preferably a secondary or tertiary amine.
 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物は、例えば、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
The compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。 
 Rは置換基を表す。 
 R、R及びRの少なくとも2つは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
Where
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
R 3 represents a substituent.
At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 R及びRにより表される置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30)、アルキルカルボニル基 (好ましくは炭素数2~30)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30)等が挙げられる。 
 これらの基は更に置換基を有していてもよく、当該置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
Examples of the substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 include an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 3 carbon atoms). 30), an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylcarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), and the like.
These groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. Is mentioned.
 本発明の一形態において、R及びRは、水素原子、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
 上述したように、R、R及びRの少なくとも2つは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。R及びRが互いに結合して式中の窒素原子と共に環を形成する場合、式中の窒素原子以外に更にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよく、また、形成される環は単環でも多環でもよい。 As described above, at least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. When R 1 and R 2 are bonded to each other to form a ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula, a hetero atom may be further included in addition to the nitrogen atom in the formula, and the formed ring may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. It may be a ring.
 R及びRが互いに結合して式中の窒素原子と共に形成する環としては、好ましくは炭素数20以下であり、例えば、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、モルホリン、1,4,5,6-テトラヒドロピリミジン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノリン、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロピリジン、ホモピペラジン、4-アザベンズイミダゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、5-アザベンゾトリアゾール、1H-1,2,3-トリアゾール、1,4,7-トリアザシクロノナン、テトラゾール、7-アザインドール、インダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリジン、(1S,4S)-(+)-2,5-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デック-5-エン、インドール、インドリン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、パーヒドロキノリン、1,5,9-トリアザシクロドデカン等の複素環式化合物に由来する基、これらの複素環式化合物に由来する基を直鎖状、分岐状のアルカンに由来する基、シクロアルカンに由来する基、芳香族化合物に由来する基、複素環化合物に由来する基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基等が挙げられる。 The ring formed by combining R 1 and R 2 together with the nitrogen atom in the formula preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, such as pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, homopiperazine, 4-azabenzimidazole, benzotriazole, 5-azabenzotriazole, 1H-1,2,3-triazole, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane, tetrazole, 7-azaindole, indazole, benzimidazole, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine, (1S, 4S)-(+)-2,5-diazabicyclo [2 2.1] heptane, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] dec-5-ene, indole, in Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as phosphorus, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline, perhydroquinoline, 1,5,9-triazacyclododecane, and groups derived from these heterocyclic compounds A group derived from a chain or branched alkane, a group derived from a cycloalkane, a group derived from an aromatic compound, a group derived from a heterocyclic compound, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, Examples include a group substituted with one or more functional groups such as morpholino group and oxo group.
 Rは、上述したように、置換基を表す。 
 Rにより表される置換基は、例えば、ヒドロキシアルキル基であることが好ましく、ヒドロアルキル基としては、例えば、下記一般式(1a)により表される基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
R 3 represents a substituent as described above.
The substituent represented by R 3 is preferably, for example, a hydroxyalkyl group, and examples of the hydroalkyl group include a group represented by the following general formula (1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(1a)において、nは1~15の整数を表す。nは4又は5であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (1a), n represents an integer of 1 to 15. n is preferably 4 or 5.
 また、他の形態において、Rにより表される置換基は、下記一般式(1b)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In another embodiment, the substituent represented by R 3 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (1b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Xは、NHまたはOを表す。 
 Raはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数7~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10)を表す。これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、当該置換基としては、R及びRにより表される置換基が有し得る置換基として先に例示したものと同様の具体例が挙げられる。
In general formula (d-1),
X represents NH or O.
Each Ra is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably Represents an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms). These groups may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same specific examples as those exemplified above as the substituents which the substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 may have. Is mentioned.
 2つのRaは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。また、2つのRaの一方は、一般式(1)中のR又はRと相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。 Two Ras may be connected to each other to form a ring. One of the two Ras may be linked to R 1 or R 2 in the general formula (1) to form a ring.
 本発明の一形態において、Raは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシアルキル基が好ましい。 
 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物の具体例としては、例えば下記化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In one embodiment of the present invention, Ra is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkoxyalkyl group.
Specific examples of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 本発明において、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物は1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物の含有率は、適宜調整して使用できるが、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~15質量%、更に好ましくは1~10質量%、特に好ましくは2~10質量%、とりわけ好ましくは3~10質量%である。 
 [酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂]
 酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂(以下、「樹脂(A)」ともいう)は、酸の作用により極性が変化する樹脂であり、酸の作用により、有機溶剤系現像液に対する溶解度が減少し、また、アルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する。
In this invention, the compound which generate | occur | produces the component which forms an ion bond with a polar group may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted and used. The content is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 2 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. % By weight, particularly preferably 3 to 10% by weight.
[Resin whose solubility in organic solvents decreases due to the action of acid]
A resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (A)”) is a resin whose polarity is changed by the action of an acid, and the solubility in an organic solvent developer by the action of an acid. And the solubility in an alkaline developer increases.
 樹脂(A)は、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解し、極性基を生じる基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する。 Resin (A) is a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or both of the main chain and side chain. Have.
 酸分解性基は、極性基を酸の作用により分解し脱離する基で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。 The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving a polar group by the action of an acid.
 極性基としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液中で難溶化又は不溶化する基であれば特に限定されないが、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(従来レジストの現像液として用いられている、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、又はアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。 The polar group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is hardly soluble or insoluble in a developer containing an organic solvent, but a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group. , Sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl Sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group and other acidic groups (2.38 mass% tetramethylaure conventionally used as a resist developer) Group dissociates in mode onium hydroxide aqueous solution), or alcoholic hydroxyl group.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子などの電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、フッ素化アルコール基(ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基など))は除くものとする。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKaが12以上且つ20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and means a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group). An aliphatic alcohol substituted with a functional group (for example, a fluorinated alcohol group (such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group)) is excluded. The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa of 12 or more and 20 or less.
 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基が挙げられる。 Preferred polar groups include carboxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), and sulfonic acid groups.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸で脱離する基で置換した基である。 A preferred group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
 酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。 R 01 and R 02 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、オクチル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl Group, octyl group and the like.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。炭素数は3~20のものが好ましい。 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を挙げることができる。 The cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Those having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、シクロへキセニル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
 R36とR37とが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数5の単環のシクロアルキル基が特に好ましい。 The ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). The cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
 酸分解性基としては好ましくは、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等である。更に好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基である。 The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like. More preferably, it is a tertiary alkyl ester group.
 [酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位]
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 
 樹脂(A)は、一形態において、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、酸によって分解しカルボキシル基を生じる繰り返し単位(AI)(以下、「繰り返し単位(AI)」とも言う。)を含有することが好ましく、下記一般式(aI)または(aI’)で表される繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[Repeating unit having acid-decomposable group]
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
In one embodiment, the resin (A) contains, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit (AI) that is decomposed by an acid to generate a carboxyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “repeating unit (AI)”). It is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (aI) or (aI ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(aI)および(aI’)に於いて、
 Xaは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。 
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。 
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
In general formulas (aI) and (aI ′)
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a ring structure.
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、-COO-Rt-基、-O-Rt-基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基を表す。 Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, —COO—Rt— group, —O—Rt— group, phenylene group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
 一般式(aI)中のTは、有機溶剤系現像液に対するレジストの不溶化の観点から、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましく、-COO-Rt-基がより好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基、-(CH-基がより好ましい。 
 一般式(aI’)中のTは、単結合が好ましい。
T in the general formula (aI) is preferably a single bond or a —COO—Rt— group, more preferably a —COO—Rt— group, from the viewpoint of insolubilization of the resist in an organic solvent developer. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 — group, — (CH 2 ) 2 — group, or — (CH 2 ) 3 — group.
T in the general formula (aI ′) is preferably a single bond.
 Xa1のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。 The alkyl group of Xa1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
 Xa1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group for X a1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
 Xa1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 X a1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基などの炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。 The alkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and is a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl. And those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as t-butyl group are preferred.
 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include polycyclic rings such as a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. Are preferred.
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環などの単環のシクロアルカン環、ノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、アダマンタン環などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数5又は6の単環のシクロアルカン環が特に好ましい。 The ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as cyclopentyl ring and cyclohexyl ring, norbornane ring, tetracyclodecane ring, tetracyclododecane ring, adamantane ring A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as is preferable. A monocyclic cycloalkane ring having 5 or 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
 Rx、Rx及びRxは、各々独立に、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably each independently an alkyl group, more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 上記各基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~8)、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)などが挙げられ、炭素数8以下が好ましい。なかでも、酸分解前後での有機溶剤を含有する現像液に対する溶解コントラストをより向上させる観点から、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子などのヘテロ原子を有さない置換基であることがより好ましく(例えば、水酸基で置換されたアルキル基などではないことがより好ましく)、水素原子及び炭素原子のみからなる基であることが更に好ましく、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。 Each of the above groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (3 to 8 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (carbon 1 to 4), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like, and 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable. Among these, from the viewpoint of further improving the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent before and after acid decomposition, a substituent having no hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom is more preferable ( For example, it is more preferable that it is not an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group, etc.), a group consisting of only a hydrogen atom and a carbon atom is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
 以下に一般式(aI)または(aI’)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (aI) or (aI ′) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
 具体例中、Rxは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Rxa、Rxbはそれぞれ炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Zは、置換基を表し、複数存在する場合、複数のZは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。pは0又は正の整数を表す。Zの具体例及び好ましい例は、Rx~Rxなどの各基が有し得る置換基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In specific examples, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Rxa and Rxb each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Z represents a substituent, and when a plurality of Zs are present, the plurality of Zs may be the same as or different from each other. p represents 0 or a positive integer. Specific examples and preferred examples of Z are the same as specific examples and preferred examples of the substituent that each group such as Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 下記具体例において、Xaは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
In the following specific examples, Xa represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 樹脂(A)は、一形態において、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、酸により分解する部位の炭素数の合計が4~9個である繰り返し単位を含有することが好ましい。より好ましくは、上掲の一般式(aI)において、-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx)部分の炭素数が4~9個である態様である。 In one embodiment, the resin (A) preferably contains, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a total of 4 to 9 carbon atoms at the site decomposed by the acid. More preferably, in the above general formula (aI), the —C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 ) moiety has 4 to 9 carbon atoms.
 更に好ましくは、一般式(aI)においてRx、Rx及びRxの全てがメチル基またはエチル基である態様か、あるいは、下記一般式(aII)で表される態様である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
More preferably, in the general formula (aI), all of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are methyl groups or ethyl groups, or an aspect represented by the following general formula (aII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(aII)中、
 R31は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 
 R32は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基又はsec-ブチル基を表す。 
 R33は、R32が結合している炭素原子とともに単環の脂環炭化水素構造を形成するのに必要な原子団を表す。前記脂環炭化水素構造は、環を構成する炭素原子の一部が、ヘテロ原子、又は、ヘテロ原子を有する基で置換されていてもよい。
In general formula (aII),
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R 32 represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a sec-butyl group.
R 33 represents an atomic group necessary for forming a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure together with the carbon atom to which R 32 is bonded. In the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, a part of carbon atoms constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom or a group having a hetero atom.
 ここで、R32とR33が有する炭素原子の合計は8以下である。 Here, the total number of carbon atoms of R 32 and R 33 is 8 or less.
 R31のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、該置換基としてはフッ素原子、水酸基などが挙げられる。 
 R31は、好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はヒドロキシメチル基を表す。
The alkyl group for R 31 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
R 31 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
 R32は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又は、イソプロピル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、又は、エチル基であることがより好ましい。 R 32 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an isopropyl group, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
 R33が炭素原子とともに形成する単環の脂環炭化水素構造は、3~8員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。 The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably a 3- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R33が炭素原子とともに形成する単環の脂環炭化水素構造において、環を構成し得るヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子等が挙げられ、ヘテロ原子を有する基としては、カルボニル基等が挙げられる。ただし、ヘテロ原子を有する基は、エステル基(エステル結合)ではないことが好ましい。 In the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom, examples of the hetero atom that can form the ring include an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Examples of the group having a hetero atom include a carbonyl group and the like. Can be mentioned. However, the group having a hetero atom is preferably not an ester group (ester bond).
 R33が炭素原子とともに形成する単環の脂環炭化水素構造は、炭素原子と水素原子とのみから形成されることが好ましい。 The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure formed by R 33 together with the carbon atom is preferably formed only from the carbon atom and the hydrogen atom.
 また、樹脂(A)は、他の形態において、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、酸により分解する部位の炭素数が10~20個であり、多環構造を含む酸分解部位を有する繰り返し単位(aIII)を含んでいてもよい。 Further, in another form, the resin (A) is a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the repeating unit having an acid-decomposing site containing 10 to 20 carbon atoms and a polycyclic structure. Unit (aIII) may be included.
 この酸分解部位の炭素数が10~20個であり、且つ酸分解部位に多環構造を含む繰り返し単位(aIII)としては、上掲の一般式(aI)において、Rx、Rx及びRxの1つがアダマンタン骨格を有する基であり、残りの2つが直鎖または分岐のアルキル基である態様、または、一般式(aI)において、Rx、Rx及びRxのうち2つが結合してアダマンタン構造を形成し、残りの1つが直鎖または分岐のアルキル基である態様が好ましい。 As the repeating unit (aIII) having 10 to 20 carbon atoms in the acid decomposition site and containing a polycyclic structure in the acid decomposition site, Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx in the above general formula (aI) can be used. In an embodiment in which one of 3 is a group having an adamantane skeleton and the remaining two are linear or branched alkyl groups, or in general formula (aI), two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded An embodiment in which an adamantane structure is formed and the remaining one is a linear or branched alkyl group is preferred.
 また、樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、以下で表されるような、酸の作用により分解し、アルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 
 下記具体例中、Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Moreover, resin (A) may have a repeating unit which decomposes | disassembles by the effect | action of an acid and produces an alcoholic hydroxyl group as represented below as a repeating unit which has an acid-decomposable group.
In the following specific examples, Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 樹脂(A)に含有され得る酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種類であってもよいし、2種類以上を併用してもよい。 
 樹脂(A)が2種以上の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、例えば、上述した一般式(aI)においてRx、Rx及びRxの全てがメチル基またはエチル基である態様、あるいは、上述した一般式(aII)で表される態様の繰り返し単位と、上述した酸分解部位の炭素数が10~20個であり、且つ酸分解部位に多環構造を含む繰り返し単位(aIII)で表される繰り返し単位との組み合わせが好ましい。
One type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group that can be contained in the resin (A) may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having two or more kinds of acid-decomposable groups, for example, in the above general formula (aI), all of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 are methyl groups or ethyl groups The embodiment or the repeating unit of the embodiment represented by the general formula (aII) and the above-described repeating unit having 10 to 20 carbon atoms in the acid decomposition site and containing a polycyclic structure in the acid decomposition site ( A combination with a repeating unit represented by aIII) is preferred.
 樹脂(A)が酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を2種含む場合の好ましい具体的組合せとしては、例えば以下が挙げられる。 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Preferred specific combinations in the case where the resin (A) contains two types of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の総量は、樹脂(A)を構成する全繰り返し単位に対して30~80モル%が好ましく、40~75モル%が更に好ましく、45~70モル%が特に好ましく、50~70モル%が最も好ましい。 The total amount of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group is preferably from 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 75 mol%, particularly preferably from 45 to 70 mol%, based on all repeating units constituting the resin (A). 50 to 70 mol% is most preferable.
 一般式(aI)で表される繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(A)を構成する全繰り返し単位に対して30~80モル%が好ましく、40~75モル%が更に好ましく、45~70モル%が特に好ましく、50~70モル%が最も好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (aI) is preferably from 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 40 to 75 mol%, more preferably from 45 to 70 mol% based on all repeating units constituting the resin (A). % Is particularly preferable, and 50 to 70 mol% is most preferable.
 また、繰り返し単位(aIII)が酸分解性基を有する全繰り返し単位に占める割合は、3~50モル%が好ましく、5~40モル%が更に好ましく、5~30モル%以下が最も好ましい。 Further, the ratio of the repeating unit (aIII) to all repeating units having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 3 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and most preferably 5 to 30 mol%.
 [ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位]
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有していてもよい。
[Repeating unit having lactone structure or sultone structure]
The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は、5~7員環スルトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は、下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造、を有する繰り返し単位を有することがさらに好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましいラクトン構造としては(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-6)、(LC1-13)、(LC1-14)、(LC1-17)であり、特に好ましいラクトン構造は(LC1-4)である。このような特定のラクトン構造を用いることでLER、現像欠陥が良好になる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Any lactone structure or sultone structure can be used as long as it has a lactone structure or sultone structure, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable. Other ring structures are condensed in a form that forms a bicyclo structure or spiro structure in a membered lactone structure, or other rings that form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure Those having a condensed ring structure are more preferable. A lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a sultone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), More preferably, it has a repeating unit having A lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred lactone structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (LC1-17), especially A preferred lactone structure is (LC1-4). By using such a specific lactone structure, LER and development defects are improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、酸分解性基である。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl groups. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. A plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位は、通常、光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上である。 The repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
The repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 上記一般式(III)中、
 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
In the general formula (III),
A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
 Rは、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立にアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。 R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof independently when there are a plurality of R 0 .
 Zは、複数個ある場合にはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Z is independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a urethane bond when there are a plurality of Zs.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
又はウレア結合
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Or urea bond
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
を表す。ここで、Rは、各々独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。 Represents. Here, each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。 R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。 n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, —R 0 —Z— does not exist and becomes a single bond.
 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。 R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Rのアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してよい。 The alkylene group and cycloalkylene group represented by R 0 may have a substituent.
 Zは好ましくは、エーテル結合、エステル結合であり、特に好ましくはエステル結合である。 Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and particularly preferably an ester bond.
 Rのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基がより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。 The alkyl group for R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
 Rのアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、Rにおけるアルキル基は、各々置換されていてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子やメルカプト基、水酸基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ベンジルオキシ基等のアルコキシ基、アセチルオキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基が挙げられる。 The alkylene group of R 0 , the cycloalkylene group, and the alkyl group in R 7 may each be substituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, a mercapto group, a hydroxyl group, Examples thereof include alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, t-butoxy group and benzyloxy group, and acyloxy groups such as acetyloxy group and propionyloxy group.
 Rは、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。 R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
 Rにおける好ましい鎖状アルキレン基としては炭素数が1~10の鎖状のアルキレンが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~5であり、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられる。好ましいシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基であり、例えば、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロペンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基、アダマンチレン基等が挙げられる。本発明の効果を発現するためには鎖状アルキレン基がより好ましく、メチレン基が特に好ましい。 The preferred chain alkylene group for R 0 is preferably a chain alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group. A preferred cycloalkylene group is a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclohexylene group, a cyclopentylene group, a norbornylene group, and an adamantylene group. In order to exhibit the effect of the present invention, a chain alkylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is particularly preferable.
 Rで表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基は、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していれば限定されるものではなく、具体例として一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)及び、(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)の内のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が挙げられ、これらのうち(LC1-4)で表される構造が特に好ましい。また、(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)におけるnは2以下のものがより好ましい。 The monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by R 8 is not limited as long as it has a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to ( LC1-21) and a lactone structure or a sultone structure represented by any of (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), among which the structure represented by (LC1-4) is particularly preferable. Further, n 2 in (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) is more preferably 2 or less.
 また、Rは無置換のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基、或いはメチル基、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を置換基として有するラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基が好ましく、シアノ基を置換基として有するラクトン構造(シアノラクトン)を有する1価の有機基がより好ましい。 R 8 is preferably a monovalent organic group having an unsubstituted lactone structure or sultone structure, or a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or sultone structure having a methyl group, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group as a substituent. A monovalent organic group having a lactone structure (cyanolactone) having a cyano group as a substituent is more preferable.
 以下にラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 本発明の効果を高めるために、2種以上のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を併用することも可能である。 In order to enhance the effect of the present invention, it is also possible to use a repeating unit having two or more lactone structures or sultone structures in combination.
 樹脂(A)がラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、5~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~55モル%、更に好ましくは10~50モル%である。 When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, the content of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure is 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 5 to 55 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%.
 [環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位]
 また、樹脂(A)は、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 
 環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
[Repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure]
Moreover, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure.
The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(A-1)中、
 R は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 
 R は、nが2以上の場合は各々独立して、置換基を表す。 
 Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。 
 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。 
 nは0以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (A-1),
R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R A 2 each independently represents a substituent when n is 2 or more.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic or polycyclic structure together with a group represented by —O—C (═O) —O— in the formula.
n represents an integer of 0 or more.
 一般式(A-1)について詳細に説明する。 
 R で表されるアルキル基は、フッ素原子等の置換基を有していてもよい。R は、水素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基を表すことが好ましく、メチル基を表すことがより好ましい。
The general formula (A-1) will be described in detail.
The alkyl group represented by R A 1 may have a substituent such as a fluorine atom. R A 1 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably represents a methyl group.
 R で表される置換基は、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基である。好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキル基;炭素数3~5の分岐状アルキル基等を挙げることができる。アルキル基はヒドロキシル基等の置換基を有していてもよい。 The substituent represented by R A 2 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, or an alkoxycarbonylamino group. Preferred are alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; branched alkyl groups having 3 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group.
 nは置換基数を表す0以上の整数である。nは、例えば、好ましくは0~4であり、より好ましくは0である。 N is an integer of 0 or more representing the number of substituents. n is, for example, preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
 Aにより表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、エステル結合、アミド結合、エーテル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又はその組み合わせ等が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by A include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination thereof. As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 本発明の一形態において、Aは、単結合、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, A is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
 Zにより表される、-O-C(=O)-O-を含む単環としては、例えば、下記一般式(a)で表される環状炭酸エステルにおいて、n=2~4である5~7員環が挙げられ、5員環又は6員環(n=2又は3)であることが好ましく、5員環(n=2)であることがより好ましい。 As the monocycle containing —O—C (═O) —O— represented by Z, for example, in the cyclic carbonate represented by the following general formula (a), n A = 2 to 4 5 To 7-membered ring, preferably 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring (n A = 2 or 3), more preferably 5-membered ring (n A = 2).
 Zにより表される、-O-C(=O)-O-を含む多環としては、例えば、下記一般式
 (a)で表される環状炭酸エステルが1又は2以上の他の環構造と共に縮合環を形成している構造や、スピロ環を形成している構造が挙げられる。縮合環又はスピロ環を形成し得る「他の環構造」としては、脂環式炭化水素基であってもよいし、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよいし、複素環であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Examples of the polycycle containing —O—C (═O) —O— represented by Z include, for example, a cyclic carbonate represented by the following general formula (a) together with one or more other ring structures: Examples include a structure forming a condensed ring and a structure forming a spiro ring. The “other ring structure” that can form a condensed ring or a spiro ring may be an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic ring. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 樹脂(A)には、一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位のうちの1種が単独で含まれていてもよいし、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The resin (A) may contain one of repeating units represented by the general formula (A-1) alone, or may contain two or more kinds.
 樹脂(A)において、環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位(好ましくは、一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位)の含有率は、樹脂(A)を構成する全繰り返し単位に対して、3~80モル%であることが好ましく、3~60モル%であることが更に好ましく、3~30モル%であることが特に好ましく、10~15モル%であることが最も好ましい。このような含有率とすることによって、レジストとしての現像性、低欠陥性、低LWR、低PEB温度依存性、プロファイル等を向上させることができる。 In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure (preferably, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1)) is based on the total repeating units constituting the resin (A). It is preferably 3 to 80 mol%, more preferably 3 to 60 mol%, particularly preferably 3 to 30 mol%, and most preferably 10 to 15 mol%. By setting it as such a content rate, the developability as a resist, low defect property, low LWR, low PEB temperature dependence, a profile, etc. can be improved.
 以下に、一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 
 なお、以下の具体例中のR は、一般式(A-1)におけるR と同義である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Incidentally, R A 1 in the following specific examples are the same meaning as R A 1 in the general formula (A-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 [水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位]
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。これにより基板密着性、現像液親和性が向上する。 
 但し、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、本発明の効果の観点から、樹脂(A)に含有されないことが好ましい。例えば、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(A)を構成する全繰り返し単位に対して0~5モル%であることが好ましく、0~3モル%であることがより好ましく、0モル%であることが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
[Repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group]
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a carbonyl group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
However, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3) is preferably not contained in the resin (A) from the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention. For example, the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 0 to 5 mol%, preferably 0 to 3 mol% with respect to all the repeating units constituting the resin (A). Is more preferable and 0 mol% is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式中、mは1~3の整数を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。 
 Rとしてのアルキル基は置換基を有してもよく、この置換基は、ヒドロキシル基、アルキコシル基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アミノカルボニル基、スルホニル基、スルホキシル基、ニトリル基、ニトロ基、スルホン酸基である。
In the formula, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group as R may have a substituent, which is a hydroxyl group, an alkylcosyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aminocarbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfoxyl group, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a sulfone group. It is an acid group.
 水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group, and preferably has no acid-decomposable group. .
 また、水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なることが好ましい(すなわち、酸に対して安定な繰り返し単位であることが好ましい)。 Further, the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group is preferably different from the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (that is, a repeating unit which is stable with respect to an acid). Preferably).
 水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造に於ける、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、ジアダマンチル基、ノルボルナン基が好ましい。 As the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group, an adamantyl group, a diadamantyl group and a norbornane group are preferable.
 より好ましくは、下記一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。但し、上掲の一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を除く。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
More preferred examples include repeating units represented by any of the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc). However, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is excluded.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式中、Rは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、又は、トリフルオロメチル基を表す。 In the formula, R X represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.
 Abは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。 Ab represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 Abにより表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、エステル結合、アミド結合、エーテル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、又はその組み合わせ等が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by Ab include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or a combination thereof. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
 本発明の一形態において、Abは、単結合、又は、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, Ab is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
 Rpは、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、又は、ヒドロキシアルキル基を表す。複数のRpは、同一でも異なっていても良いが、複数のRpの内の少なくとも1つは、ヒドロキシル基又はヒドロキシアルキル基を表す。 Rp represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. A plurality of Rp may be the same or different, but at least one of the plurality of Rp represents a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位を含有していても、含有していなくてもよいが、樹脂(A)が水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、水酸基、シアノ基又はカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位(上掲の一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を除く。)の含有率は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~40モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~30モル%、更に好ましくは5~25モル%である。 The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group, but the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a carbonyl group. When it contains, the content rate of the repeating unit which has a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a carbonyl group (except for the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) above) is based on all repeating units in the resin (A). The amount is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably 3 to 30 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%.
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 より好ましくは、下記一般式(AIIIa)又は(AIIIb)で表されるカルボニル基を有する繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
More preferably, the repeating unit which has a carbonyl group represented by the following general formula (AIIIa) or (AIIIb) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 上記一般式(AIIIa)及び(AIIIb)中、Acは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表し、好ましい例は、前述の一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位におけるAbのものと同様である。 In the above general formulas (AIIIa) and (AIIIb), Ac represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and preferred examples are the repeating units represented by any one of the above general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc) It is the same as that of Ab in the unit.
 一般式(AIIIa)又は(AIIIb)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AIIIa) or (AIIIb) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 その他、国際公開2011/122336号明細書の〔0011〕以降に記載のモノマー又はこれに対応する繰り返し単位なども適宜使用可能である。 In addition, monomers described in [0011] and thereafter of International Publication No. 2011-122336, or corresponding repeating units can be used as appropriate.
 [酸基を有する繰り返し単位]
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。酸基としてはカルボキシル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、ビススルホニルイミド基、ナフトール構造、α位が電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール基(例えばヘキサフロロイソプロパノール基)が挙げられ、カルボキシル基を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有することによりコンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に直接酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、あるいは連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、更には酸基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入、のいずれも好ましく、連結基は単環又は多環の環状炭化水素構造を有していてもよい。特に好ましくはアクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位である。
[Repeating unit having acid group]
Resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, a naphthol structure, and an aliphatic alcohol group (for example, hexafluoroisopropanol group) in which the α-position is substituted with an electron withdrawing group. It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a carboxyl group. By containing the repeating unit having an acid group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased. The repeating unit having an acid group includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acid group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group. Either a repeating unit that is bonded, or a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group, is introduced at the end of the polymer chain during polymerization, and the linking group is a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon structure. You may have. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
 樹脂(A)は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、25モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂(A)が酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(A)における酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、1モル%以上である。 The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferably 25 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less. When resin (A) contains the repeating unit which has an acid group, content of the repeating unit which has an acid group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 
 具体例中、RxはH、CH、CHOH又はCFを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 [極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位]
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、更に極性基(例えば、前記酸基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基)を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。これにより、液浸露光時にレジスト膜から液浸液への低分子成分の溶出が低減できるとともに、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像の際に樹脂の溶解性を適切に調整することができる。このような繰り返し単位としては、一般式(IV)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
[Repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability]
The resin (A) in the present invention can further have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability. . As a result, the elution of low molecular components from the resist film to the immersion liquid during immersion exposure can be reduced, and the solubility of the resin can be appropriately adjusted during development using a developer containing an organic solvent. . Examples of such a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(IV)中、Rは少なくとも1つの環状構造を有し、極性基を有さない炭化水素基を表す。 In general formula (IV), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
 Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Ra基を表す。式中、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Raは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。 Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rが有する環状構造には、単環式炭化水素基及び多環式炭化水素基が含まれる。単環式炭化水素基としては、たとえば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロへプチル基、シクロオクチル基などの炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、シクロへキセニル基など炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基が挙げられる。好ましい単環式炭化水素基としては、炭素数3~7の単環式炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 The cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkenyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group and the like, and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and cyclohexenyl group. Groups. A preferred monocyclic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
 多環式炭化水素基には環集合炭化水素基、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、環集合炭化水素基の例としては、ビシクロヘキシル基、パーヒドロナフタレニル基などが含まれる。架橋環式炭化水素環として、例えば、ピナン、ボルナン、ノルピナン、ノルボルナン、ビシクロオクタン環(ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環等)などの2環式炭化水素環及び、ホモブレダン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、トリシクロ[4.3.1.12,5]ウンデカン環などの3環式炭化水素環、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカン、パーヒドロ-1,4-メタノ-5,8-メタノナフタレン環などの4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、縮合環式炭化水素環、例えば、パーヒドロナフタレン(デカリン)、パーヒドロアントラセン、パーヒドロフェナントレン、パーヒドロアセナフテン、パーヒドロフルオレン、パーヒドロインデン、パーヒドロフェナレン環などの5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。 The polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group. As the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [ 4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodecane, tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings such as perhydro-1,4-methano-5,8-methanonaphthalene ring, and the like. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene. A condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
 好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環として、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、ビシクロオクタニル基、トリシクロ[5、2、1、02,6]デカニル基、などが挙げられる。より好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環としてノルボニル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5,2,1,0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 これらの脂環式炭化水素基は置換基を有していても良く、好ましい置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、水素原子が置換されたヒドロキシル基、水素原子が置換されたアミノ基などが挙げられる。 These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done.
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、この繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~50モル%であり、更に好ましくは5~25モル%である。 The resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. The content is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 25 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
 極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、又はCFを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 [芳香環を有する繰り返し単位]
 本発明の組成物に、KrFエキシマレーザー光、電子線、X線又は波長50nm以下の高エネルギー光線(例えば、EUV)を照射する場合には、樹脂(A)は、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位に代表されるような、芳香環を有する単位を有することが好ましい。
[Repeating unit having an aromatic ring]
In the case where the composition of the present invention is irradiated with KrF excimer laser light, electron beam, X-ray, or high-energy light (for example, EUV) having a wavelength of 50 nm or less, the resin (A) is represented by a hydroxystyrene repeating unit. It is preferable to have a unit having an aromatic ring.
 芳香環を有する繰り返し単位を含有する樹脂(A)の具体例としては、例えば、以下を例示することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
The following can be illustrated as a specific example of resin (A) containing the repeating unit which has an aromatic ring, for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 樹脂(A)は、一形態において、後述する酸発生剤に対応する構造が担持された態様であってもよい。このような態様として具体的には、特開2011-248019号公報に記載の構造(特に、段落0164から段落0191に記載の構造、段落0555の実施例で記載されている樹脂に含まれる構造)などが挙げられる。樹脂(A)が酸発生剤に対応する構造を担持している態様であっても、本発明の組成物は、更に、樹脂(A)に担持されていない酸発生剤(すなわち、後述する化合物(B))を含んでもよい。 Resin (A) may be in an embodiment in which a structure corresponding to an acid generator described later is supported. Specifically, as such an embodiment, a structure described in JP2011-248019A (particularly, a structure described in paragraphs 0164 to 0191, a structure included in the resin described in the example in paragraph 0555). Etc. Even if the resin (A) has a structure corresponding to the acid generator, the composition of the present invention further includes an acid generator that is not supported on the resin (A) (that is, a compound described later). (B)) may be included.
 酸発生剤に対応する構造を有する繰り返し単位として、以下のような繰り返し単位が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Examples of the repeating unit having a structure corresponding to the acid generator include the following repeating units, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更に感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有することができる。 The resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention includes, in addition to the above repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition. It is possible to have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, and the like, which are general necessary characteristics.
 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、下記の単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of such repeating structural units include, but are not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to the following monomers.
 これにより、本発明に係る組成物に用いられる樹脂に要求される性能、特に、
 (1)塗布溶剤に対する溶解性、
 (2)製膜性(ガラス転移点)、
 (3)アルカリ現像性、
 (4)膜べり(親疎水性、アルカリ可溶性基選択)、
 (5)未露光部の基板への密着性、
 (6)ドライエッチング耐性、等の微調整が可能となる。
Thereby, performance required for the resin used in the composition according to the present invention, in particular,
(1) Solubility in coating solvent,
(2) Film formability (glass transition point),
(3) Alkali developability,
(4) Membrane slip (hydrophobic, alkali-soluble group selection),
(5) Adhesion of unexposed part to substrate,
(6) Fine adjustment such as dry etching resistance can be performed.
 このような単量体として、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、ビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等を挙げることができる。 As such a monomer, for example, a compound having one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, etc. Etc.
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物であれば、共重合されていてもよい。 In addition, any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with monomers corresponding to the above various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
 本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物のドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更には感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の一般的な必要性能である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節するために適宜設定される。 In the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention, the molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Furthermore, it is appropriately set for adjusting the resolving power, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are general required performances of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明の組成物が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光への透明性の点から本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)は実質的には芳香環を有さない(具体的には、樹脂中、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の比率が好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、芳香族基を有さない)ことが好ましく、樹脂(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is for ArF exposure, the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention has substantially no aromatic ring from the viewpoint of transparency to ArF light (specifically, The ratio of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no aromatic group). The resin (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の形態としては、ランダム型、ブロック型、クシ型、スター型のいずれの形態でもよい。樹脂(A)は、例えば、各構造に対応する不飽和モノマーのラジカル、カチオン、又はアニオン重合により合成することができる。また各構造の前駆体に相当する不飽和モノマーを用いて重合した後に、高分子反応を行うことにより目的とする樹脂を得ることも可能である。 The form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type. Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
 本発明の組成物が、後述する疎水性樹脂(HR)を含んでいる場合、樹脂(A)は、疎水性樹脂(HR)との相溶性の観点から、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を含有しない(具体的には、樹脂中、フッ素原子またはケイ素原子を有する繰り返し単位の比率が、好ましくは5モル%以下、より好ましくは3モル%以下、理想的には0モル%)ことが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin (HR) described later, the resin (A) does not contain a fluorine atom or a silicon atom from the viewpoint of compatibility with the hydrophobic resin (HR) ( Specifically, the ratio of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom in the resin is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, and ideally 0 mol%.
 本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)として好ましくは、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されたものである。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 The resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention is preferably such that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units are methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units. Although it can be used, the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合、リビングラジカル重合、アニオン重合、カチオン重合など、高分子合成の分野において慣用される方法によって)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。反応溶媒としては、例えばテトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、ジイソプロピルエーテルなどのエーテル類やメチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトンのようなケトン類、酢酸エチルのようなエステル溶媒、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミドなどのアミド溶剤、更には後述のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノンのような本発明の組成物を溶解する溶媒が挙げられる。より好ましくは本発明の感光性組成物に用いられる溶剤と同一の溶剤を用いて重合することが好ましい。これにより保存時のパーティクルの発生が抑制できる。 The resin (A) in the present invention can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, by a method commonly used in the field of polymer synthesis such as radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, anion polymerization, and cation polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable. Examples of the reaction solvent include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, diisopropyl ether, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, amide solvents such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide, Furthermore, the solvent which melt | dissolves the composition of this invention like the below-mentioned propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and cyclohexanone is mentioned. More preferably, the polymerization is performed using the same solvent as the solvent used in the photosensitive composition of the present invention. Thereby, the generation of particles during storage can be suppressed.
 重合反応は窒素やアルゴンなど不活性ガス雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては市販のラジカル開始剤(アゾ系開始剤、パーオキサイドなど)を用いて重合を開始させる。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤が好ましい。好ましい開始剤としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。所望により開始剤を追加、あるいは分割で添加し、反応終了後、溶剤に投入して粉体あるいは固形回収等の方法で所望のポリマーを回収する。反応の濃度は5~50質量%であり、好ましくは10~30質量%である。反応温度は、通常10℃~150℃であり、好ましくは30℃~120℃、更に好ましくは60~100℃である。 The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. As a polymerization initiator, a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is preferable. Preferred initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If desired, an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery. The concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
 反応終了後、室温まで放冷し、精製する。精製は、水洗や適切な溶媒を組み合わせることにより残留単量体やオリゴマー成分を除去する液々抽出法、特定の分子量以下のもののみを抽出除去する限外ろ過等の溶液状態での精製方法や、樹脂溶液を貧溶媒へ滴下することで樹脂を貧溶媒中に凝固させることにより残留単量体等を除去する再沈澱法やろ別した樹脂スラリーを貧溶媒で洗浄する等の固体状態での精製方法等の通常の方法を適用できる。 After the reaction is complete, cool to room temperature and purify. Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less. , Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent A normal method such as a method can be applied.
 例えば、上記樹脂が難溶或いは不溶の溶媒(貧溶媒)を、該反応溶液の10倍以下の体積量、好ましくは10~5倍の体積量で、接触させることにより樹脂を固体として析出させる。 For example, the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times the volume of the reaction solution.
 ポリマー溶液からの沈殿又は再沈殿操作の際に用いる溶媒(沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒)としては、該ポリマーの貧溶媒であればよく、ポリマーの種類に応じて、炭化水素、ハロゲン化炭化水素、ニトロ化合物、エーテル、ケトン、エステル、カーボネート、アルコール、カルボン酸、水、これらの溶媒を含む混合溶媒等の中から適宜選択して使用できる。これらの中でも、沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒として、少なくともアルコール(特に、メタノールなど)又は水を含む溶媒が好ましい。 The solvent (precipitation or reprecipitation solvent) used in the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution may be a poor solvent for the polymer, and may be a hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro, depending on the type of polymer. A compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use. Among these, as a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent, a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
 沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒の使用量は、効率や収率等を考慮して適宜選択できるが、一般には、ポリマー溶液100質量部に対して、100~10000質量部、好ましくは200~2000質量部、更に好ましくは300~1000質量部である。 The amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
 沈殿又は再沈殿する際の温度としては、効率や操作性を考慮して適宜選択できるが、通常0~50℃程度、好ましくは室温付近(例えば20~35℃程度)である。沈殿又は再沈殿操作は、攪拌槽などの慣用の混合容器を用い、バッチ式、連続式等の公知の方法により行うことができる。 The temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.). The precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
 沈殿又は再沈殿したポリマーは、通常、濾過、遠心分離等の慣用の固液分離に付し、乾燥して使用に供される。濾過は、耐溶剤性の濾材を用い、好ましくは加圧下で行われる。乾燥は、常圧又は減圧下(好ましくは減圧下)、30~100℃程度、好ましくは30~50℃程度の温度で行われる。 Precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
 なお、一度、樹脂を析出させて、分離した後に、再び溶媒に溶解させ、該樹脂が難溶或いは不溶の溶媒と接触させてもよい。即ち、上記ラジカル重合反応終了後、該ポリマーが難溶或いは不溶の溶媒を接触させ、樹脂を析出させ(工程a)、樹脂を溶液から分離し(工程b)、改めて溶媒に溶解させ樹脂溶液Aを調製(工程c)、その後、該樹脂溶液Aに、該樹脂が難溶或いは不溶の溶媒を、樹脂溶液Aの10倍未満の体積量(好ましくは5倍以下の体積量)で、接触させることにより樹脂固体を析出させ(工程d)、析出した樹脂を分離する(工程e)ことを含む方法でもよい。 It should be noted that once the resin is precipitated and separated, it may be dissolved again in a solvent, and the resin may be contacted with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent. That is, after completion of the radical polymerization reaction, a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is contacted to precipitate a resin (step a), the resin is separated from the solution (step b), and dissolved again in the solvent to obtain a resin solution A. (Step c), and then contact the resin solution A with a solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount less than 10 times that of the resin solution A (preferably 5 times or less volume). This may be a method including precipitating a resin solid (step d) and separating the precipitated resin (step e).
 また、組成物の調製後に樹脂が凝集することなどを抑制する為に、例えば、特開2009-037108号公報に記載のように、合成された樹脂を溶剤に溶解して溶液とし、その溶液を30℃~90℃程度で30分~4時間程度加熱するような工程を加えてもよい。 In order to prevent the resin from agglomerating after the preparation of the composition, for example, as described in JP-A-2009-037108, the synthesized resin is dissolved in a solvent to form a solution. A step of heating at about 30 ° C. to 90 ° C. for about 30 minutes to 4 hours may be added.
 これら精製工程により、未反応の低分子成分(モノマー、オリゴマー)をできるだけ少なくすることが好ましい。 It is preferable to reduce unreacted low molecular components (monomers and oligomers) as much as possible by these purification steps.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、6000~50000が好ましく、8000~30000が更に好ましく、10000~25000が最も好ましい。この分子量範囲にすることで、有機系現像液に対する溶解度が適切な数値となることが期待できる。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is preferably from 6000 to 50000, more preferably from 8000 to 30000, and most preferably from 10000 to 25000, in terms of polystyrene by GPC method. By setting this molecular weight range, it can be expected that the solubility in an organic developer becomes an appropriate numerical value.
 分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、好ましくは1.0~2.6、更に好ましくは1.0~2.0、特に好ましくは1.4~2.0の範囲のものが使用される。分子量分布の小さいものほど、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、かつ、レジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。 The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 2.0. Those in the range are used. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution and the resist shape, the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、樹脂(A)の組成物全体中の配合率は、全固形分中30~99質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは60~95質量%である。 
 また、本発明において、樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。 
 以下に樹脂(A)の具体例を示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, the blending ratio of the resin (A) in the entire composition is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass in the total solid content. It is.
In the present invention, the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination.
Although the specific example of resin (A) is shown below, it is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 [活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物]
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「化合物(B)」又は「酸発生剤」ともいう。)を含有してもよい。
[Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation]
The composition of the present invention may contain a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (B)” or “acid generator”).
 本発明の一態様において、酸発生剤としては、下記一般式(ZI)、(ZII)又は(ZIII)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
In one embodiment of the present invention, examples of the acid generator include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI), (ZII), or (ZIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
In the general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。 The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。 Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
 なお、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つが、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。 In addition, the compound which has two or more structures represented by general formula (ZI) may be sufficient. For example, at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) is a single bond or at least one of R 201 to R 203 of another compound represented by the general formula (ZI) It may be a compound having a structure bonded through a linking group.
 Zは、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)を表す。 
 Zとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオンなど)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンなど)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等を挙げられる。
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
Examples of Z include a sulfonate anion (an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, a camphor sulfonate anion, etc.), a carboxylate anion (an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, an aralkyl carboxylate anion). Etc.), sulfonylimide anion, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion and the like.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~30の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基及び炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。 The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number. Examples include 3 to 30 cycloalkyl groups.
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この具体例としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~15)、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)、アルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20)、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数10~20)、アルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数5~20)、シクロアルキルアルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数8~20)等を挙げることができる。各基が有するアリール基及び環構造については、置換基として更にアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)を有していてもよい
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数7~12のアラルキル基、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、ナフチルブチル基等を挙げることができる。
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7), an alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably a carbon atom) Number 6 to 20), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), cycloalkylary Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like. . The aryl group and ring structure of each group may further have an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) as a substituent. The aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably 7 to 7 carbon atoms. 12 aralkyl groups such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be exemplified.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンを挙げることができる。 Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like. A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
 その他のZとしては、例えば、弗素化燐(例えば、PF )、弗素化硼素(例えば、BF )、弗素化アンチモン(例えば、SbF )等を挙げることができる。 Examples of other Z include fluorinated phosphorus (for example, PF 6 ), fluorinated boron (for example, BF 4 ), fluorinated antimony (for example, SbF 6 ), and the like.
 Zとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。 Z represents an aliphatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom at least in the α-position of the sulfonic acid, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. Bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anions and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anions in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom are preferred.
 本発明の一形態において、Zとしてのアニオンに含まれるフッ素原子数は2又は3であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the number of fluorine atoms contained in the anion as Z is preferably 2 or 3.
 酸強度の観点からは、発生酸のpKaが-1以下であることが、感度向上のために好ましい。 From the viewpoint of acid strength, the pKa of the generated acid is preferably −1 or less in order to improve sensitivity.
 R201、R202及びR203の有機基としては、アリール基(炭素数6~15が好ましい)、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基(炭素数1~10が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~15が好ましい)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202 and R 203 include an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (having 3 carbon atoms). To 15 are preferred).
 R201、R202及びR203のうち、少なくとも1つがアリール基であることが好ましく、3つ全てがアリール基であることがより好ましい。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などの他に、インドール残基、ピロール残基などのヘテロアリール基も可能である。 Of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 , at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups. As the aryl group, in addition to a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue and a pyrrole residue can be used.
 R201、R202及びR203としてのこれらアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。その置換基としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 These aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 また、R201、R202及びR203から選ばれる2つが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合していてもよい。連結基としてはアルキレン基(炭素数1~3が好ましい)、-O-,-S-,-CO-,-SO-などがあげられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Two selected from R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may be bonded via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), —O—, —S—, —CO—, —SO 2 — and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 R201、R202及びR203のうち少なくとも1つがアリール基でない場合の好ましい構造としては、特開2004-233661号公報の段落0046,0047、特開2003-35948号公報の段落0040~0046、米国特許出願公開第2003/0224288A1号明細書に式(I-1)~(I-70)として例示されている化合物、米国特許出願公開第2003/0077540A1号明細書に式(IA-1)~(IA-54)、式(IB-1)~(IB-24)として例示されている化合物等のカチオン構造を挙げることができる。 Preferred structures when at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is not an aryl group include paragraphs 0046 and 0047 of JP-A-2004-233661, paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of JP-A-2003-35948, US Compounds exemplified as Formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1, and Formulas (IA-1) to (I) in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0077540A1 And cation structures such as compounds exemplified as formulas (IA-54) and formulas (IB-1) to (IB-24).
 一般式(ZI)で表される化合物の更に好ましい例として、以下に説明する一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。先ず、一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
More preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI) include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4). First, the compound represented by general formula (ZI-3) is demonstrated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
 Rは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基又はアルケニル基を表し、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、
 RとRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表し、RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。 
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI-3),
R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group or an alkenyl group,
R 2 and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 may be linked to each other to form a ring,
R 1 and R 2 may combine with each other to form a ring,
R X and R y each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group, R X and R y may be connected to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion.
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、アルキル鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有していてもよい。具体的には分岐アルキル基を挙げることができる。Rのアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkyl group as R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. Specific examples include branched alkyl groups. The alkyl group of R 1 may have a substituent.
 Rとしてのシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基であり、環内に酸素原子又は硫黄原子を有していてもよい。Rのシクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The cycloalkyl group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom in the ring. The cycloalkyl group of R 1 may have a substituent.
 Rとしてのアルコキシ基は、好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基である。Rのアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkoxy group as R 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group of R 1 may have a substituent.
 Rとしてのシクロアルコキシ基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルコキシ基である。Rのシクロアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。 The cycloalkoxy group as R 1 is preferably a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The cycloalkoxy group for R 1 may have a substituent.
 Rとしてのアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基である。Rのアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。 
 Rとしてのアルケニル基は、ビニル基、アリル基が挙げられる。
The aryl group as R 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. The aryl group for R 1 may have a substituent.
Examples of the alkenyl group as R 1 include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
 R及びRは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。但し、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基を表す。R、Rについてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、Rについて前述した具体例及び好ましい例と同様のものが挙げられる。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成する場合、R及びRに含まれる環の形成に寄与する炭素原子の数の合計は、4~7であることが好ましく、4又は5であることが特に好ましい。 R 2 and R 3 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring. However, at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 2 and R 3 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 . When R 2 and R 3 are connected to each other to form a ring, the total number of carbon atoms that contribute to the formation of the ring contained in R 2 and R 3 is preferably 4 to 7, and is preferably 4 or 5 It is particularly preferred that
 RとRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成する場合、Rがアリール基(好ましくは置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はナフチル基)であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキレン基(好ましくはメチレン基又はエチレン基)であることが好ましく、好ましい置換基としては、上述したRとしてのアリール基が有していても良い置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成する場合における他の形態として、Rがビニル基であり、Rが炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であることも好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring. When R 1 and R 2 are connected to each other to form a ring, R 1 is an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent), and R 2 has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. An alkylene group (preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group) is preferable, and examples of the preferable substituent include the same substituents that the aryl group as R 1 may have. As another form in the case where R 1 and R 2 are connected to each other to form a ring, it is also preferable that R 1 is a vinyl group and R 2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R及びRにより表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~15のアルキル基である。 The alkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
 R及びRにより表されるシクロアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基である。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 R及びRにより表されるアルケニル基は、好ましくは、2~30のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、及びスチリル基を挙げることができる。 The alkenyl group represented by R X and R y is preferably 2 to 30 alkenyl groups such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group.
 R及びRにより表されるアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~20のアリール基であり、好ましくは、フェニル基、ナフチル基であり、更に好ましくは、フェニル基である。 The aryl group represented by R X and R y is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
 R及びRにより表される2-オキソアルキル基及びアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基のアルキル基部分としては、例えば、先にR及びRとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 The alkyl group moiety of the 2-oxoalkyl group and alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by R X and R y, for example, those previously listed as R X and R y.
 R及びRにより表される2-オキソシクロアルキル基及びアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基のシクロアルキル基部分としては、例えば、先にR及びRyとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group part of the 2-oxocycloalkyl group and alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group represented by R X and R y include those enumerated above as R X and Ry.
 Zは、例えば、前述の一般式(ZI)におけるZとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
 一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物は、好ましくは、以下の一般式(ZI-3a)及び(ZI-3b)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
The compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 一般式(ZI-3a)及び(ZI-3b)において、R、R及びRは、上記一般式(ZI-3)で定義した通りである。 In the general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined in the general formula (ZI-3).
 Yは、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子を表し、酸素原子又は窒素原子であることが好ましい。m、n、p及びqは整数を意味し、0~3であることが好ましく、1~2であることがより好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。SとYを連結するアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよく、好ましい置換基としてはアルキル基が挙げられる。 Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, and is preferably an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. m, n, p and q represent integers, preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1. The alkylene group connecting S + and Y may have a substituent, and preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group.
 Rは、Yが窒素原子である場合には1価の有機基を表し、Yが酸素原子又は硫黄原子である場合には存在しない。Rは、電子求引性基を含む基であることが好ましく、下記一般式(ZI-3a-1)~(ZI-3a-4)で表される基であることが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
R 5 represents a monovalent organic group when Y is a nitrogen atom, and is absent when Y is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 5 is preferably a group containing an electron withdrawing group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 上記(ZI-3a-1)~(ZI-3a-3)において、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、好ましくはアルキル基である。Rについてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、上記一般式(ZI-3)におけるRについて前述した具体例及び好ましい例と同様のものが挙げられる。 In the above (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-3), R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 in formula (ZI-3).
 上記(ZI-3a-1)~(ZI-3a-4)において、*は一般式(ZI-3a)で表される化合物中のYとしての窒素原子に接続する結合手を表す。 In the above (ZI-3a-1) to (ZI-3a-4), * represents a bond connected to a nitrogen atom as Y in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3a).
 Yが窒素原子である場合、Rは、-SO-Rで表される基であることが特に好ましい。Rは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、好ましくはアルキル基である。Rについてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基の具体例及び好ましい例としては、Rについて前述した具体例及び好ましい例と同様のものが挙げられる。 When Y is a nitrogen atom, R 5 is particularly preferably a group represented by —SO 2 —R 4 . R 4 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group for R 4 include those similar to the specific examples and preferred examples described above for R 1 .
 Zは、例えば、前述の一般式(ZI)におけるZとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
 一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物は、特に好ましくは、以下の一般式(ZI-3a’)及び(ZI-3b’)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
The compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (ZI-3a ′) and (ZI-3b ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 一般式(ZI-3a’)及び(ZI-3b’)において、R、R、R、Y及びRは、上記一般式(ZI-3a)及び(ZI-3b)で定義した通りである。 
 Zは、例えば、前述の一般式(ZI)におけるZとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 
 一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物のカチオン部分の具体例を以下に挙げる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
In the general formulas (ZI-3a ′) and (ZI-3b ′), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , Y and R 5 are as defined in the general formulas (ZI-3a) and (ZI-3b). It is.
Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
Specific examples of the cation moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 次に、一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Next, the compound represented by formula (ZI-4) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
In general formula (ZI-4),
R 13 represents a group having a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
 R14は複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。 When there are a plurality of R 14 s, each independently represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. To express. These groups may have a substituent.
 R15は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。2個のR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、環を構成する原子として、酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子などのヘテロ原子を含んでも良い。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。 R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the atoms constituting the ring may include heteroatoms such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom. These groups may have a substituent.
 lは0~2の整数を表す。 
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
l represents an integer of 0-2.
r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZと同様の非求核性アニオンを挙げることができる。 Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same non-nucleophilic anion as Z − in formula (ZI).
 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましい。 In the general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 R13、R14及びR15のシクロアルキル基としては、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 include a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
 R13及びR14のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましい。 The alkoxy group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 R13及びR14のアルコキシカルボニル基としては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状であり、炭素原子数2~11のものが好ましい。 The alkoxycarbonyl group for R 13 and R 14 is preferably linear or branched and has 2 to 11 carbon atoms.
 R13及びR14のシクロアルキル基を有する基としては、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基を有する基が挙げられる。これら基は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。 Examples of the group having a cycloalkyl group of R 13 and R 14 include a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
 R14のアルキルカルボニル基のアルキル基としては、上述したR13~R15としてのアルキル基と同様の具体例が挙げられる。 The alkyl group of the alkyl group of R 14, include the same specific examples and the alkyl group as R 13 ~ R 15 described above.
 R14のアルキルスルホニル基及びシクロアルキルスルホニル基としては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状であり、炭素原子数1~10のものが好ましい。 The alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group for R 14 are linear, branched, or cyclic and preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 上記各基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the substituent that each of the above groups may have include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyloxy group. Etc.
 2個のR15が互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、2個のR15が一般式(ZI-4)中の硫黄原子と共に形成する5員又は6員の環、特に好ましくは5員の環(即ち、テトラヒドロチオフェン環又は2,5-ジヒドロチオフェン環)が挙げられ、アリール基又はシクロアルキル基と縮環していてもよい。この2価のR15は置換基を有してもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基等を挙げることができる。前記環構造に対する置換基は、複数個存在しても良く、また、それらが互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。 As the ring structure that two R 15 may be bonded to each other, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring formed by two R 15 together with a sulfur atom in the general formula (ZI-4), particularly preferably Includes a 5-membered ring (that is, a tetrahydrothiophene ring or a 2,5-dihydrothiophene ring), and may be condensed with an aryl group or a cycloalkyl group. This divalent R 15 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group. Group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group and the like. There may be a plurality of substituents for the ring structure, or they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(ZI-4)におけるR15としては、メチル基、エチル基、ナフチル基、及び2個のR15が互いに結合して硫黄原子と共にテトラヒドロチオフェン環構造を形成する2価の基等が好ましく、2個のR15が互いに結合して硫黄原子と共にテトラヒドロチオフェン環構造を形成する2価の基が特に好ましい。 R 15 in the general formula (ZI-4) is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a naphthyl group, or a divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom. A divalent group in which two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure together with a sulfur atom is particularly preferable.
 R13及びR14が有し得る置換基としては、水酸基、アルコキシ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子(特に、フッ素原子)が好ましい。 The substituent that R 13 and R 14 may have is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a halogen atom (particularly a fluorine atom).
 lとしては、0又は1が好ましく、1がより好ましい。 
 rとしては、0~2が好ましい。
l is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
r is preferably from 0 to 2.
 以上説明した一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物が有するカチオン構造の具体例としては、上述した、特開2004-233661号公報、特開2003-35948号公報、米国特許出願公開第2003/0224288A1号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2003/0077540A1号明細書に例示されている化合物等のカチオン構造の他、例えば、特開2011-53360号公報の段落0046、0047、0072~0077、0107~0110に例示されている化学構造等におけるカチオン構造、特開2011-53430号公報の段落0135~0137、0151、0196~0199に例示されている化学構造等におけるカチオン構造などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation structure possessed by the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) described above include the above-mentioned JP-A-2004-233661, JP-A-2003-35948, In addition to cationic structures such as compounds exemplified in US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0224288A1 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2003 / 0077540A1, for example, paragraphs 0046 and 0047 of JP2011-53360A Cation structures in chemical structures and the like exemplified in 0072-0077 and 0107-0110, and cation structures in chemical structures exemplified in paragraphs 0135 to 0137, 0151 and 0196 to 0199 of JP2011-53430, etc. Is mentioned.
 一般式(ZII)、(ZIII)中、
 R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII),
R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基としては、前述の化合物(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基と同様である。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are the same as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI).
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としても、前述の化合物(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよいものが挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI) may have.
 Zは、例えば、前述の一般式(ZI)におけるZとして列挙したものが挙げられる。 Z - is, for example, Z in the above general formula (ZI) - include those listed as.
 次に、非求核性アニオンZ-の好ましい構造について説明する。 
 非求核性アニオンZ-は、一般式(2)で表されるスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Next, a preferred structure of the non-nucleophilic anion Z will be described.
The non-nucleophilic anion Z is preferably a sulfonate anion represented by the general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 一般式(2)中
 Xfは、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。 
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表し、複数存在する場合のR及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。 
 Lは、二価の連結基を表し、複数存在する場合のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。 
 Aは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。 
 xは、1~20の整数を表す。yは、0~10の整数を表す。zは、0~10の整数を表す。
In general formula (2), Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and when there are a plurality of R 7 and R 8 , R 7 and R 8 are the same But it can be different.
L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
A represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
x represents an integer of 1 to 20. y represents an integer of 0 to 10. z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一般式(2)のアニオンについて、更に詳しく説明する。 
 Xfは、上記の通り、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であり、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。また、Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
The anion of the general formula (2) will be described in more detail.
Xf is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom as described above, and the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
 Xfとして、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。具体的には、フッ素原子またはCFが好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, a fluorine atom or CF 3 is preferable. In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 R及びRは、上記の通り、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表し、アルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。さらに好ましくは炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。R及びRの少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例としては、CFが好ましい。 As described above, R 7 and R 8 represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom of R 7 and R 8 , CF 3 is preferable.
 Lは、2価の連結基を表し、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、-N(Ri)-(式中、Riは水素原子又はアルキルを表す)、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~10)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)又はこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基などが挙げられ、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-SO-、-CON(Ri)-、-SON(Ri)-、-CON(Ri)-アルキレン基-、-N(Ri)CO-アルキレン基-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-であることが好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-、-CON(Ri)-又は-SON(Ri)-であることがより好ましい。複数存在する場合のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。 L represents a divalent linking group, and represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —N (Ri) — (wherein Ri represents a hydrogen atom or alkyl), an alkylene group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), or a plurality of these And a divalent linking group in combination of —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —CON (Ri) —, —SO 2 N (Ri) —, —CON (Ri ) -Alkylene group-, -N (Ri) CO-alkylene group-, -COO-alkylene group- or -OCO-alkylene group-, preferably -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -,- CON (Ri)-or -SO 2 N (Ri)- Is more preferable. When there are a plurality of L, they may be the same or different.
 Riとしてのアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~20の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、アルキル鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有していてもよい。具体的には直鎖アルキル基、分岐アルキル基を挙げることができる。置換基を有するアルキル基としては、シアノメチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、メトキシカルボニルメチル基、エトキシカルボニルメチル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group as Ri is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain. Specific examples include straight chain alkyl groups and branched alkyl groups. Examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include a cyanomethyl group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, a methoxycarbonylmethyl group, and an ethoxycarbonylmethyl group.
 Aの環状構造を含む有機基としては、環状構造を有するものであれば特に限定されず、脂環基、アリール基、複素環基(芳香属性を有するものだけでなく、芳香族性を有さないものも含み、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環構造も含む。)等が挙げられる。 The organic group containing the cyclic structure of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and is not limited to alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having an aromatic attribute but also aromaticity). For example, a tetrahydropyran ring and a lactone ring structure are also included.
 脂環基としては、単環でも多環でもよい。また、ピペリジン基、デカヒドロキノリン基、デカヒドロイソキノリン基等の窒素原子含有脂環基も好ましい。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基、デカヒドロキノリン基、デカヒドロイソキノリン基といった炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が、PEB(露光後加熱)工程での膜中拡散性を抑制でき、露光ラチチュード向上の観点から好ましい。 The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Also preferred are nitrogen atom-containing alicyclic groups such as piperidine group, decahydroquinoline group, decahydroisoquinoline group. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure of 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, a decahydroquinoline group, and a decahydroisoquinoline group. And diffusibility in the film in the PEB (post-exposure heating) step can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving exposure latitude.
 アリール基としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナンスレン環、アントラセン環が挙げられる。中でも193nmにおける光吸光度の観点から低吸光度のナフタレンが好ましい。 Examples of the aryl group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring. Of these, naphthalene having low absorbance is preferred from the viewpoint of light absorbance at 193 nm.
 複素環基としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環が挙げられる。中でもフラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環が好ましい。 Examples of the heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Of these, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a pyridine ring are preferable.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよく、該置換基としては、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであっても良く、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホン酸エステル基、シアノ基等が挙げられる。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl Group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group, cyano group and the like.
 なお、環状構造を含む有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であっても良い。 Note that the carbon constituting the organic group containing a cyclic structure (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 xは1~8が好ましく、1~4がより好ましく、1が特に好ましい。yは0~4が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0が更に好ましい。zは0~8が好ましく、0~4がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい。 X is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1. y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0. z is preferably 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 4, and still more preferably 1.
 また、本発明の一形態において、一般式(2)で表されるアニオンに含まれるフッ素原子数は2又は3であることが好ましい。これにより、本発明の効果を更に高めることができる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the number of fluorine atoms contained in the anion represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 2 or 3. Thereby, the effect of the present invention can be further enhanced.
 一般式(2)で表されるスルホン酸アニオン構造の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Specific examples of the sulfonate anion structure represented by the general formula (2) are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 Zとしては、下記一般式(B-1)で表されるスルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Z is also preferably a sulfonate anion represented by the following general formula (B-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 上記一般式(B-1)中、
 Rb1は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はトリフルオロメチル基(CF)を表す。
In the general formula (B-1),
R b1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group (CF 3 ).
 nは0~4の整数を表す。 N represents an integer from 0 to 4.
 nは0~3の整数であることが好ましく、0又は1であることがより好ましい。 N is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
 Xb1は単結合、アルキレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合(-OCO-若しくは-COO-)、スルホン酸エステル結合(-OSO-若しくは-SO-)、又はそれらの組み合わせを表す。 X b1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—), a sulfonate ester bond (—OSO 2 — or —SO 3 —), or a combination thereof.
 Xb1はエステル結合(-OCO-若しくは-COO-)又はスルホン酸エステル結合(-OSO-若しくは-SO-)であることが好ましく、エステル結合(-OCO-若しくは-COO-)であることがより好ましい。 X b1 is preferably an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—) or a sulfonate bond (—OSO 2 — or —SO 3 —), and preferably an ester bond (—OCO— or —COO—). Is more preferable.
 Rb2は炭素数6以上の有機基を表す。 R b2 represents an organic group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
 Rb2についての炭素数6以上の有機基としては、嵩高い基であることが好ましく、炭素数6以上の、アルキル基、脂環基、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The organic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 is preferably a bulky group, and examples thereof include alkyl groups, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups having 6 or more carbon atoms.
 Rb2についての炭素数6以上のアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても分岐状であってもよく、炭素数6~20の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましく、例えば、直鎖又は分岐ヘキシル基、直鎖又は分岐ヘプチル基、直鎖又は分岐オクチル基などが挙げられる。嵩高さの観点から分岐アルキル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be linear or branched, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a linear or branched hexyl group, a linear or branched heptyl group, and a linear or branched octyl group. From the viewpoint of bulkiness, a branched alkyl group is preferable.
 Rb2についての炭素数6以上の脂環基としては、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が、PEB(露光後加熱)工程での膜中拡散性の抑制及びMEEF(Mask
 Error Enhancement Factor)の向上の観点から好ましい。
The alicyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is used in a PEB (post-exposure heating) step. Of diffusion in membrane and MEEF (Mask)
It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the error enhancement factor.
 Rb2についての炭素数6以上のアリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。中でも、193nmにおける光吸光度が比較的低いナフチル基が好ましい。 The aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group. Among these, a naphthyl group having a relatively low light absorbance at 193 nm is preferable.
 Rb2についての炭素数6以上の複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよいが、多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、及びジベンゾチオフェン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環、及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic can suppress acid diffusion more. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, and a dibenzothiophene ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
 上記Rb2についての炭素数6以上の置換基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。この更なる置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐のいずれであっても良く、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、スピロ環のいずれであっても良く、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、上述の脂環基、アリール基、又は複素環基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であっても良い。 The substituent having 6 or more carbon atoms for R b2 may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring). And preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, And sulfonic acid ester groups. The carbon constituting the alicyclic group, aryl group, or heterocyclic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 一般式(B-1)で表されるスルホン酸アニオン構造の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。なお、下記具体例には、上述した一般式(2)で表されるスルホン酸アニオンに該当するものも含まれている。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Specific examples of the sulfonate anion structure represented by formula (B-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, what corresponds to the sulfonate anion represented by General formula (2) mentioned above is also contained in the following specific example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 Zとしては、下記一般式(A-I)で表されるスルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Z is also preferably a sulfonate anion represented by the following general formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 一般式(A-I)中、
 Rは、アルキル基、1価の脂環式炭化水素基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基である。 
 Rは、2価の連結基である。 
 Rfは、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である。
In general formula (AI),
R 1 is an alkyl group, a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
R 2 is a divalent linking group.
Rf is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
 n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、0又は1である。 n 1 and n 2 are each independently 0 or 1.
 上記Rで表されるアルキル基は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that the alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 また、上記アルキル基は置換基(好ましくはフッ素原子)を有していてもよく、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換された炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~5のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and the alkyl group having a substituent is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with at least one fluorine atom. It is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 上記Rで表されるアルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であることが好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
 上記Rで表される1価の脂環式炭化水素基は、炭素数が5以上であることが好ましい。また該1価の脂環式炭化水素基は炭素数が20以下であることが好ましく、15以下であることがより好ましい。上記1価の脂環式炭化水素基は、単環の脂環式炭化水素基であっても、多環の脂環式炭化水素基であってもよい。脂環式炭化水素基の-CH-の一部が、-O-や-C(=O)-と置換されていても良い。 The monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by R 1 preferably has 5 or more carbon atoms. The monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably 15 or less. The monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group. A part of —CH 2 — of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —O— or —C (═O) —.
 単環の脂環式炭化水素基としては、炭素数5~12のものが好ましく、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロオクチル基が好ましい。 
 多環の脂環式炭化水素基としては、炭素数10~20のものが好ましく、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、ノルアダマンチル基が好ましい。
The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms, and is preferably a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a cyclooctyl group.
As the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group, those having 10 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable, and norbornyl group, adamantyl group and noradamantyl group are preferable.
 上記Rで表されるアリール基は、炭素数が6以上であることが好ましい。また該アリール基は炭素数が20以下であることが好ましく、15以下であることがより好ましい。 The aryl group represented by R 1 preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms. The aryl group preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably 15 or less.
 上記Rで表されるヘテロアリール基は、炭素数が2以上であることが好ましい。また該ヘテロアリール基は炭素数が20以下であることが好ましく、15以下であることがより好ましい。 The heteroaryl group represented by R 1 preferably has 2 or more carbon atoms. The heteroaryl group preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 15 or less.
 上記アリール基、ヘテロアリール基は、単環式アリール基、単環式ヘテロアリール基であっても、多環式アリール基、多環式ヘテロアリール基であってもよい。 The aryl group and heteroaryl group may be a monocyclic aryl group or a monocyclic heteroaryl group, or may be a polycyclic aryl group or a polycyclic heteroaryl group.
 単環式のアリール基としては、フェニル基等が挙げられる。 
 多環式のアリール基としては、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基等が挙げられる。 
 単環式のヘテロアリール基としては、ピリジル基、チエニル基、フラニル基等が挙げられる。 
 多環式のヘテロアリール基としては、キノリル基、イソキノリル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the monocyclic aryl group include a phenyl group.
Examples of the polycyclic aryl group include a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group.
Examples of the monocyclic heteroaryl group include a pyridyl group, a thienyl group, and a furanyl group.
Examples of the polycyclic heteroaryl group include a quinolyl group and an isoquinolyl group.
 上記Rとしての1価の脂環式炭化水素基、アリール基、及び、ヘテロアリール基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、このような更なる置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、ニトロ基、シアノ基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。 
 Rは、シクロヘキシル基、又は、アダマンチル基であることが特に好ましい。
The monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group as R 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of such a further substituent include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, Atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), nitro group, cyano group, amide group, sulfonamido group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyl group, acyloxy group, carboxy group .
R 1 is particularly preferably a cyclohexyl group or an adamantyl group.
 上記Rで表される2価の連結基としては、特に限定されないが、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S―、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキレン基)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~30のシクロアルキレン基)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリーレン基)、ヘテロアリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロアリーレン基)、及び、これらの2種以上が組み合わされた基を挙げることができる。上記のアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基及びヘテロアリーレン基は、置換基を更に有していても良く、そのような置換基の具体例は、Rとしての1価の脂環式炭化水素基、アリール基、及び、ヘテロアリール基が更に有していてもよい置換基について前述したものと同様である。 The divalent linking group represented by R 2 is not particularly limited, but is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, alkylene. A group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably May be an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylene group (preferably a heteroarylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), or a group in which two or more of these are combined. The above alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, arylene group and heteroarylene group may further have a substituent, and specific examples of such a substituent include a monovalent alicyclic ring as R 1. The substituents that the hydrocarbon group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may further have are the same as those described above.
 上記Rで表される2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基が好ましく、アルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が更に好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。 The divalent linking group represented by R 2 is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group or a heteroarylene group, more preferably an alkylene group, and further an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
 Rfは、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30であることが好ましく、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。 Rf is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
 Rfは、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。より具体的には、Rfはフッ素原子又はCFであることが好ましい。 Rf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More specifically, Rf is preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
 nは1であることが好ましい。 n 1 is preferably 1.
 nは1であることが好ましい。 n 2 is preferably 1.
 上記一般式(A-I)で表されるスルホン酸アニオンの好ましい具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、下記具体例には、上述した一般式(2)で表されるスルホン酸アニオンに該当するものも含まれている。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Preferred specific examples of the sulfonate anion represented by the general formula (AI) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, what corresponds to the sulfonate anion represented by General formula (2) mentioned above is also contained in the following specific example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 非求核性アニオンZ-は、一般式(2’)で表されるジスルホニルイミド酸アニオンであってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
The non-nucleophilic anion Z may be a disulfonyl imido acid anion represented by the general formula (2 ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 一般式(2’)中、
 Xfは、上記一般式(2)で定義した通りであり、好ましい例も同様である。一般式(2’)において、2つのXfは互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。
In general formula (2 ′),
Xf is as defined in the general formula (2), and preferred examples are also the same. In the general formula (2 ′), two Xf's may be linked to each other to form a ring structure.
 Zについてのジスルホニルイミド酸アニオンとしては、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンであることが好ましい。 Z - The disulfonylimide anion of, preferably a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおける2つのアルキル基が互いに連結してアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~4)を成し、イミド基及び2つのスルホニル基とともに環を形成していてもよい。ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンが形成していてもよい上記の環構造としては、5~7員環であることが好ましく、6員環であることがより好ましい。 The two alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be linked to each other to form an alkylene group (preferably having 2 to 4 carbon atoms) and form a ring together with the imide group and the two sulfonyl groups. The ring structure that may be formed by the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 6-membered ring.
 これらのアルキル基、及び2つのアルキル基が互いに連結して成すアルキレン基が有し得る置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。 
 酸発生剤として、更に、下記一般式(ZV)で表される化合物も挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
These alkyl groups and alkylene groups formed by connecting two alkyl groups to each other can have a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryl Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group and a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formula (ZV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 一般式(ZV)中、
 R208はアルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
In general formula (ZV),
R 208 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
 Aは、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。 A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
 R208のアリール基の具体例としては、上記一般式(ZI)におけるR201~R203としてのアリール基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the aryl group of R 208 include the same examples as the specific examples of the aryl group as R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI).
 R208のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例としては、それぞれ、上記一般式(ZI)におけるR201~R203としてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 include the same examples as the specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI).
 Aのアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、ブチレン基、イソブチレン基など)を、Aのアルケニレン基としては、炭素数2~12のアルケニレン基(例えば、ビニレン基、プロペニレン基、ブテニレン基など)を、Aのアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基など)を、それぞれ挙げることができる。 
 酸発生剤の例を以下に挙げる。但し、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
The alkylene group of A is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 carbon atoms. To 12 alkenylene groups (for example, vinylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.), and as the arylene group for A, arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.) Each can be mentioned.
Examples of acid generators are listed below. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 酸発生剤は、1種類単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 
 酸発生剤の組成物中の含有率は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~28質量%、更に好ましくは10~25質量%である。
An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 28% by mass, still more preferably 10 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. is there.
 [疎水性樹脂]
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(HR)」又は単に「樹脂(HR)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(HR)は前記樹脂(A)とは異なることが好ましい。
[Hydrophobic resin]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention is also referred to as a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic resin (HR)” or simply “resin (HR)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure. ) May be contained. The hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably different from the resin (A).
 これにより、膜表層に疎水性樹脂(HR)が偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。また、特に露光をEUV光で行う場合、いわゆるアウトガスを抑制する効果も期待できる。 As a result, the hydrophobic resin (HR) is unevenly distributed on the surface layer of the film, and when the immersion medium is water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with water is improved, and the immersion liquid followability is improved. be able to. In particular, when exposure is performed with EUV light, an effect of suppressing so-called outgas can be expected.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は前述のように界面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくても良い。 The hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed at the interface as described above. However, unlike the surfactant, the hydrophobic resin (HR) is not necessarily required to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule. There is no need to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することがさらに好ましい。 Hydrophobic resin (HR) is any one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in side chain portion of resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the surface layer of the film It is preferable to have the above, and it is more preferable to have two or more.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)が、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(HR)に於ける上記フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。 When the hydrophobic resin (HR) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (HR) may be contained in the main chain of the resin. , May be contained in the side chain.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)がフッ素原子を含んでいる場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (HR) contains a fluorine atom, the partial structure having a fluorine atom is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom. Preferably there is.
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. It may have a substituent other than.
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などのアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. .
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、及びフッ素原子を有するアリール基として、好ましくは、下記一般式(F2)~(F4)で表される基を挙げることができるが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Preferred examples of the alkyl group having a fluorine atom, the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, and the aryl group having a fluorine atom include groups represented by the following general formulas (F2) to (F4). The invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 一般式(F2)~(F4)中、
 R57~R68は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖若しくは分岐)を表す。但し、R57~R61少なくとも1つ、R62~R64の少なくとも1つ、及びR65~R68の少なくとも1つは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子又は少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
In general formulas (F2) to (F4),
R 57 to R 68 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (straight or branched). However, at least one of R 57 to R 61, at least one of R 62 to R 64 , and at least one of R 65 to R 68 are each independently a fluorine atom or at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
 R57~R61及びR65~R67は、全てがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。R62、R63及びR68は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)が好ましく、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。R62とR63は、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。 All of R 57 to R 61 and R 65 to R 67 are preferably fluorine atoms. R 62 , R 63 and R 68 are preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Further preferred. R 62 and R 63 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(F2)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、p-フルオロフェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、3,5-ジ(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, and a 3,5-di (trifluoromethyl) phenyl group.
 一般式(F3)で表される基の具体例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロプロピル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、ヘプタフルオロブチル基、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、ノナフルオロブチル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロヘキシル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基、パーフルオロオクチル基、パーフルオロ(トリメチル)ヘキシル基、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロシクロブチル基、パーフルオロシクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘキサフルオロ(2-メチル)イソプロピル基、オクタフルオロイソブチル基、ノナフルオロ-t-ブチル基、パーフルオロイソペンチル基が好ましく、ヘキサフルオロイソプロピル基、ヘプタフルオロイソプロピル基が更に好ましい。 Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F3) include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoropropyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, heptafluorobutyl group, hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2 -Methyl) isopropyl group, nonafluorobutyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluorohexyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group, perfluoroisopentyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluoro (trimethyl) hexyl group, 2,2 , 3,3-tetrafluorocyclobutyl group, perfluorocyclohexyl group and the like. Hexafluoroisopropyl group, heptafluoroisopropyl group, hexafluoro (2-methyl) isopropyl group, octafluoroisobutyl group, nonafluoro-t-butyl group and perfluoroisopentyl group are preferable, and hexafluoroisopropyl group and heptafluoroisopropyl group are preferable. Further preferred.
 一般式(F4)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば、-C(CFOH、-C(COH、-C(CF)(CH)OH、-CH(CF)OH等が挙げられ、-C(CFOHが好ましい。 Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (F4) include, for example, —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C (C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C (CF 3 ) (CH 3 ) OH, —CH (CF 3 ) OH and the like can be mentioned, and —C (CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferable.
 フッ素原子を含む部分構造は、主鎖に直接結合しても良く、更に、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合及びウレイレン結合よりなる群から選択される基、或いはこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせた基を介して主鎖に結合しても良い。 The partial structure containing a fluorine atom may be directly bonded to the main chain, and further from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond and a ureylene bond. You may couple | bond with a principal chain through the group selected or the group which combined these 2 or more.
 以下、フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。 
 具体例中、Xは、水素原子、-CH、-F又は-CFを表す。Xは、-F又は-CFを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Hereinafter, although the specific example of the repeating unit which has a fluorine atom is shown, this invention is not limited to this.
In specific examples, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 . X 2 represents —F or —CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、珪素原子を含有してもよい。珪素原子を有する部分構造として、アルキルシリル構造(好ましくはトリアルキルシリル基)、又は環状シロキサン構造を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (HR) may contain a silicon atom. The partial structure having a silicon atom is preferably a resin having an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclic siloxane structure.
 アルキルシリル構造、又は環状シロキサン構造としては、具体的には、下記一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Specific examples of the alkylsilyl structure or the cyclic siloxane structure include groups represented by the following general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)に於いて、
 R12~R26は、各々独立に、直鎖若しくは分岐アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)又はシクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)を表す。
In general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3),
R 12 to R 26 each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
 L~Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、及びウレア結合よりなる群から選択される単独或いは2つ以上の組み合わせ(好ましくは総炭素数12以下)が挙げられる。 
 nは、1~5の整数を表す。nは、好ましくは、2~4の整数である。
L 3 to L 5 each represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, and a urea bond, or a combination of two or more ( Preferably, the total carbon number is 12 or less).
n represents an integer of 1 to 5. n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
 以下、一般式(CS-1)~(CS-3)で表される基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。なお、具体例中、Xは、水素原子、-CH、-F又は-CFを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Specific examples of the repeating unit having groups represented by general formulas (CS-1) to (CS-3) will be given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In specific examples, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, —CH 3 , —F or —CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 また、上記したように、疎水性樹脂(HR)は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含むことも好ましい。 Further, as described above, the hydrophobic resin (HR) also preferably includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
 ここで、前記樹脂(HR)中の側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造(以下、単に「側鎖CH部分構造」ともいう)には、エチル基、プロピル基等が有するCH部分構造を包含するものである。 Here, the CH 3 partial structure possessed by the side chain moiety in the resin (HR) (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) has a CH 3 partial structure possessed by an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. It is included.
 一方、樹脂(HR)の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により樹脂(HR)の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、本発明におけるCH部分構造に包含されないものとする。 On the other hand, a methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the resin (HR) (for example, α-methyl group of a repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) causes the surface uneven distribution of the resin (HR) due to the influence of the main chain. Since the contribution is small, it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
 より具体的には、樹脂(HR)が、例えば、下記一般式(M)で表される繰り返し単位などの、炭素-炭素二重結合を有する重合性部位を有するモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含む場合であって、R11~R14がCH「そのもの」である場合、そのCHは、本発明における側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造には包含されない。 More specifically, the resin (HR) includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M). In the case where R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
 一方、C-C主鎖から何らかの原子を介して存在するCH部分構造は、本発明におけるCH部分構造に該当するものとする。例えば、R11がエチル基(CHCH)である場合、本発明におけるCH部分構造を「1つ」有するものとする。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Meanwhile, CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention. For example, when R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 ), it is assumed that it has “one” CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 上記一般式(M)中、
 R11~R14は、各々独立に、側鎖部分を表す。
In the general formula (M),
R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
 側鎖部分のR11~R14としては、水素原子、1価の有機基などが挙げられる。 Examples of R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
 R11~R14についての1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられ、これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl. Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましく、このような繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を有していることがより好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and as such a repeating unit, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II), and It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among repeating units represented by the following general formula (V).
 以下、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by formula (II) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 上記一般式(II)中、Xb1は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表す。ここで、酸に対して安定な有機基は、より具体的には、前記樹脂(A)において説明した“酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (II), X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom, R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid. Here, the organic group that is stable to acid is more specifically an organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). Is preferred.
 Xb1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group of Xb1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
 Xb1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基が挙げられる。上記のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基は、更に、置換基としてアルキル基を有していても良い。 Examples of R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures. The above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
 Rは、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基又はアルキル置換シクロアルキル基が好ましい。 R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を2個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、2個以上8個以下有することがより好ましい。 The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20の分岐のアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するシクロアルキル基は、単環式でも、多環式でもよい。具体的には、炭素数5以上のモノシクロ、ビシクロ、トリシクロ、テトラシクロ構造等を有する基を挙げることができる。その炭素数は6~30個が好ましく、特に炭素数7~25個が好ましい。好ましくは、ノルボルニル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基である。 The cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples include groups having a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo, tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6-30, and particularly preferably 7-25. Preferably, they are a norbornyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルケニル基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖または分岐のアルケニル基が好ましく、分岐のアルケニル基がより好ましい。 The alkenyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a branched alkenyl group.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基を挙げることができ、好ましくはフェニル基である。 The aryl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. is there.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
 Rに於ける、2つ以上のCH部分構造を有する炭化水素基としては、具体的には、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、2,3-ジメチル-2-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基、3,5-ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,5-ジtert-ブチルシクロヘキシル基、4-イソプロピルシクロヘキシル基、4-tブチルシクロヘキシル基、イソボルニル基である。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 2 include isobutyl, t-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,3-dimethyl- 2-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2 , 6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl-3-heptyl group, 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,5-ditert-butyl A cyclohexyl group, a 4-isopropylcyclohexyl group, a 4-tbutylcyclohexyl group, and an isobornyl group.
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。尚、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are shown below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 以下、一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by formula (V) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 上記一般式(V)中、Xb2は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表し、nは1から5の整数を表す。 In the general formula (V), X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom, R 3 represents an organic group that is stable against an acid having one or more CH 3 partial structures, n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
 Xb2のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のものが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、水素原子である事が好ましい。 The alkyl group of Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
 Xb2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。 X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rは、酸に対して安定な有機基であるため、より具体的には、記樹脂(A)において説明した“酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。 Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable to an acid, more specifically, the organic group that does not have the “group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group” described in the resin (A). It is preferable that
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基が挙げられる。 R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を1個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、1個以上8個以下有することがより好ましく、1個以上4個以下有することが更に好ましい。 The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
 Rに於ける、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20の分岐のアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 Rに於ける、2つ以上のCH部分構造を有するアルキル基としては、具体的には、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ブチル基、2-メチル-3-ペンチル基、3-メチル-4-ヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチル-4-ペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,5-ジメチル-3-ヘプチル基、2,3,5,7-テトラメチル-4-ヘプチル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基である。 Specific examples of the alkyl group having two or more CH 3 partial structures in R 3 include isopropyl group, t-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-butyl group, 2-methyl-3-pentyl. Group, 3-methyl-4-hexyl group, 3,5-dimethyl-4-pentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,5-dimethyl A -3-heptyl group, a 2,3,5,7-tetramethyl-4-heptyl group, and a 2,6-dimethylheptyl group;
 nは1から5の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、1又は2を表すことが更に好ましい。 N represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
 一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。尚、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (V) are shown below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (V) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, and specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 樹脂(HR)が、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合であり、更に、特にフッ素原子および珪素原子を有さない場合、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)の含有量は、樹脂(C)の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であることが好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより好ましい。前記含有量は、樹脂(C)の全繰り返し単位に対して、通常、100モル%以下である。 In the case where the resin (HR) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and particularly when it does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the general formula The content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by (V) is preferably 90 mol% or more, and 95 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (C). It is more preferable that The content is usually 100 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (C).
 樹脂(HR)が、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を、樹脂(HR)の全繰り返し単位に対し、90モル%以上で含有することにより、樹脂(C)の表面自由エネルギーが増加する。その結果として、樹脂(HR)がレジスト膜の表面に偏在しにくくなり、水に対するレジスト膜の静的/動的接触角を確実に向上させて、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。 The resin (HR) is a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II), and at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (V) is all the repeating units of the resin (HR). By containing 90 mol% or more with respect to the unit, the surface free energy of the resin (C) increases. As a result, the resin (HR) is less likely to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, so that the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film with respect to water can be reliably improved and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
 また、疎水性樹脂(HR)は、(i)フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合においても、(ii)側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においても、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有していてもよい。 Further, the hydrophobic resin (HR) includes the following (x) to (z) even when (i) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, and (ii) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. ) May have at least one group selected from the group of
 (x)酸基、
 (y)ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基、
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
(X) an acid group,
(Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group,
(Z) A group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid As the acid group (x), a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) ) Methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkyl) A carbonyl) methylene group, a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, and the like.
 好ましい酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。 Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), sulfonimide groups, and bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に、直接、酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、或いは、連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸基が結合している繰り返し単位などが挙げられ、更には酸基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入することもでき、いずれの場合も好ましい。酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していても良い。 The repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable. The repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(HR)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~35モル%、更に好ましくは5~20モル%である。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 5 mol% with respect to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (HR). 20 mol%.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、Rxは水素原子、CH、CF、又は、CHOHを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基(y)としては、ラクトン構造を有する基が特に好ましい。 As the group having a lactone structure, the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位は、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等の、樹脂の主鎖に直接この基が結合している繰り返し単位である。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合している繰り返し単位であってもよい。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。 The repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is bonded directly to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic ester and methacrylic ester. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Or this repeating unit may be introduce | transduced into the terminal of resin using the polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent which has this group at the time of superposition | polymerization.
 ラクトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に酸分解性樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the acid-decomposable resin (A).
 ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(HR)中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、3~98モル%であることがより好ましく、5~95モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (HR). The content is more preferably 3 to 98 mol%, further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していても良い。疎水性樹脂(HR)に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(HR)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~80モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~80モル%、更に好ましくは20~60モル%である。 Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (HR) include the same repeating units having an acid-decomposable group as mentioned in the resin (A). The repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. In the hydrophobic resin (HR), the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol% with respect to all repeating units in the resin (HR). The amount is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、更に、下記一般式(VI)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
The hydrophobic resin (HR) may further have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (VI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 一般式(VI)に於いて、
 Rc31は、水素原子、アルキル基(フッ素原子等で置換されていても良い)、シアノ基又は-CH-O-Rac基を表す。式中、Racは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Rc31は、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
In general formula (VI):
R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be substituted with a fluorine atom or the like), a cyano group, or a —CH 2 —O—Rac 2 group. In the formula, Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rc32は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基又はアリール基を有する基を表す。これら基はフッ素原子、珪素原子を含む基で置換されていても良い。 R c32 represents a group having an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group. These groups may be substituted with a group containing a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
 Lc3は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。 L c3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 一般式(VI)に於ける、Rc32のアルキル基は、炭素数3~20の直鎖若しくは分岐状アルキル基が好ましい。 In general formula (VI), the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 シクロアルキル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。 The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 アルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のアルケニル基が好ましい。 The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 シクロアルケニル基は、炭素数3~20のシクロアルケニル基が好ましい。 The cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましく、これらは置換基を有していてもよい。 The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and these may have a substituent.
 Rc32は無置換のアルキル基又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。 R c32 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
 Lc3の2価の連結基は、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~5)、エーテル結合、フェニレン基、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)が好ましい。 The divalent linking group of L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5), an ether bond, a phenylene group, or an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—).
 一般式(VI)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, more preferably 10 to 90 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、更に、下記一般式(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
The hydrophobic resin (HR) preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (CII-AB).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 式(CII-AB)中、
 Rc11’及びRc12’は、各々独立に、水素原子、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子又はアルキル基を表す。
In the formula (CII-AB),
R c11 ′ and R c12 ′ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Zc’は、結合した2つの炭素原子(C-C)を含み、脂環式構造を形成するための原子団を表す。 Zc ′ represents an atomic group for forming an alicyclic structure containing two bonded carbon atoms (C—C).
 一般式(CII-AB)により表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、10~90モル%であることがより好ましく、30~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (CII-AB) is preferably 1 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin, and preferably 10 to 90 mol%. More preferred is 30 to 70 mol%.
 以下に一般式(VI)、(CII-AB)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、CF又はCNを表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formulas (VI) and (CII-AB) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CF 3 or CN.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 疎水性樹脂(HR)がフッ素原子を有する場合、フッ素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(HR)の重量平均分子量に対し、5~80質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましい。また、フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(HR)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中10~100モル%であることが好ましく、30~100モル%であることがより好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (HR) has a fluorine atom, the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (HR), and is 10 to 80% by mass. More preferably. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (HR).
 疎水性樹脂(HR)が珪素原子を有する場合、珪素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(HR)の重量平均分子量に対し、2~50質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましい。また、珪素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(HR)に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、20~100モル%であることがより好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (HR) has a silicon atom, the silicon atom content is preferably 2 to 50% by mass, preferably 2 to 30% by mass, based on the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (HR). More preferably. In addition, the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (HR).
 一方、特に樹脂(HR)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、樹脂(HR)が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましく、この場合、具体的には、フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂(HR)中の全繰り返し単位に対して5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、1モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を含有しない。また、樹脂(HR)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。より具体的には、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位が、樹脂(HR)の全繰り返し単位中95モル%以上であることが好ましく、97モル%以上であることがより好ましく、99モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、理想的には100モル%である。 On the other hand, particularly when the resin (HR) includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferable that the resin (HR) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. In this case, specifically, The content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol based on all repeating units in the resin (HR). % Or less, ideally 0 mol%, that is, no fluorine atom and no silicon atom. Moreover, it is preferable that resin (HR) is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom may be 95 mol% or more in all the repeating units of the resin (HR). Preferably, it is 97 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or more, and ideally 100 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。 The weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (HR) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. is there.
 また、疎水性樹脂(HR)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。 
 疎水性樹脂(HR)の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
Moreover, the hydrophobic resin (HR) may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 1 to 7% by mass.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、樹脂(A)同様、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体やオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。それにより、液中異物や感度等の経時変化のない感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が得られる。また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布(Mw/Mn、分散度ともいう)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。 The hydrophobic resin (HR), like the resin (A), naturally has few impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer and oligomer components are preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably Is more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass and 0.05 to 1% by mass. As a result, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that does not change over time such as foreign matter in liquid or sensitivity can be obtained. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably from the viewpoints of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern sidewall, roughness, and the like. It is in the range of 1-2.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。 As the hydrophobic resin (HR), various commercially available products can be used, or they can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂(HR)の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。 The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as described in the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin (HR), The concentration of the reaction is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
 以下に疎水性樹脂(HR)の具体例を示す。また、下記表に、各樹脂における繰り返し単位のモル比(各繰り返し単位と左から順に対応)、重量平均分子量、分散度を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089
Specific examples of the hydrophobic resin (HR) are shown below. The following table shows the molar ratio of repeating units in each resin (corresponding to each repeating unit in order from the left), the weight average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000089
 [塩基性化合物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、露光から加熱までの経時による性能変化を低減するために、塩基性化合物を含有することが好ましい。使用可能な塩基性化合物は特に限定されないが、例えば、以下の(1)~(6)に分類される化合物を用いることができる。
[Basic compounds]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a basic compound in order to reduce changes in performance over time from exposure to heating. Usable basic compounds are not particularly limited, and for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (6) can be used.
 (1)塩基性化合物(N)
 塩基性化合物としては、好ましくは、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物(N)を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
(1) Basic compound (N)
Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds (N) having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20個のアルキル基を表す。 
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。 
 これら一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Regarding the alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
 好ましい化合物(N)として、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、ピペリジン等を挙げることができ、更に好ましい化合物(N)として、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造又はピリジン構造を有する化合物(N)、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等を挙げることができる。 Preferable compound (N) includes guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine, and more preferable compound (N) includes imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxy group. Compound (N) having an alkyl group structure, an onium carboxylate structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, etc. be able to.
 イミダゾール構造を有する化合物(N)としてはイミダゾール、2、4、5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、2-フェニルベンゾイミダゾール等が挙げられる。ジアザビシクロ構造を有する化合物(N)としては1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン、1、5-ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナ-5-エン、1、8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]ウンデカ-7-エン等が挙げられる。オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物(N)としてはテトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリアリールスルホニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、2-オキソアルキル基を有するスルホニウムヒドロキシド、具体的にはトリフェニルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、トリス(t-ブチルフェニル)スルホニウムヒドロキシド、ビス(t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド、2-オキソプロピルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド等が挙げられる。オニウムカルボキシレート構造を有する化合物(N)としてはオニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物(N)のアニオン部がカルボキシレートになったものであり、例えばアセテート、アダマンタン-1-カルボキシレート、パーフロロアルキルカルボキシレート等が挙げられる。トリアルキルアミン構造を有する化合物(N)としては、トリ(n-ブチル)アミン、トリ(n-オクチル)アミン等を挙げることができる。アニリン化合物(N)としては、2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジブチルアニリン、N,N-ジヘキシルアニリン等を挙げることができる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体としては、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン、トリス(メトキシエトキシエチル)アミン等を挙げることができる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体としては、N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アニリン等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound (N) having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole and the like. As the compound (N) having a diazabicyclo structure, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5, 4,0] undec-7-ene and the like. Examples of the compound (N) having an onium hydroxide structure include tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide. , Tris (t-butylphenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxide, and the like. As the compound (N) having an onium carboxylate structure, the anion portion of the compound (N) having an onium hydroxide structure is converted to a carboxylate. For example, acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, perfluoroalkylcarboxylate Etc. Examples of the compound (N) having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine. Examples of the aniline compound (N) include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like. Examples of the alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, and tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine. Examples of aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline.
 好ましい塩基性化合物(N)として、更に、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物を挙げることができる。これら化合物の例としては、米国特許出願公開第2007/0224539A1号明細書の段落[0066]に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)などが挙げられる。 
 また、下記化合物も塩基性化合物(N)として好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Preferred examples of the basic compound (N) further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group. Examples of these compounds include compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in paragraph [0066] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2007 / 0224539A1.
The following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound (N).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 塩基性化合物(N)としては、上述した化合物のほかに、特開2011-22560号公報[0180]~[0225]、特開2012-137735号公報[0218]~[0219]、国際公開パンフレットWO2011/158687A1[0416]~[0438]に記載されている化合物等を使用することもできる。塩基性化合物(N)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物であってもよい。 As the basic compound (N), in addition to the compounds described above, JP2011-22560A [0180] to [0225], JP2012-137735A [0218] to [0219], International Publication Pamphlet WO2011. / 158687A1 [0416] to [0438] can also be used. The basic compound (N) may be a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
 これらの塩基性化合物(N)は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 These basic compounds (N) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の組成物は、塩基性化合物(N)を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性化合物(N)の含有率は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。 The composition of the present invention may or may not contain the basic compound (N), but when it is contained, the content of the basic compound (N) is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the solid content.
 酸発生剤と塩基性化合物(N)の組成物中の使用割合は、酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(モル比)=2.5~300であることが好ましい。即ち、感度、解像度の点からモル比が2.5以上が好ましく、露光後加熱処理までの経時によるレジストパターンの太りによる解像度の低下抑制の点から300以下が好ましい。酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(N)(モル比)は、より好ましくは5.0~200、更に好ましくは7.0~150である。 The use ratio of the acid generator and the basic compound (N) in the composition is preferably acid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) = 2.5 to 300. That is, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing resolution from being reduced due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment. The acid generator / basic compound (N) (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
 (2)活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(F)
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下する、塩基性化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物(以下、「化合物(F)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。
(2) Basic compound or ammonium salt compound (F) whose basicity is reduced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention contains a basic compound or an ammonium salt compound (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (F)”) whose basicity is lowered by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It is preferable to do.
 化合物(F)は、塩基性官能基又はアンモニウム基と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する化合物(F-1)であることが好ましい。すなわち、化合物(F)は、塩基性官能基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有する塩基性化合物、又は、アンモニウム基と活性光線若しくは放射線の照射により酸性官能基を発生する基とを有するアンモニウム塩化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound (F) is preferably a compound (F-1) having a basic functional group or an ammonium group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the compound (F) is a basic compound having a basic functional group and a group capable of generating an acidic functional group upon irradiation with actinic light or radiation, or an acidic functional group upon irradiation with an ammonium group and active light or radiation. An ammonium salt compound having a group to be generated is preferable.
 化合物(F)又は(F-1)が、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して発生する、塩基性が低下した化合物として、下記一般式(PA-I)、(PA-II)又は(PAIII)で表される化合物を挙げることができ、LWR、局所的なパターン寸法の均一性及びDOFに関して優れた効果を高次元で両立できるという観点から、特に、一般式(PA-II)又は(PA-III)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Compounds with reduced basicity generated by the decomposition of compound (F) or (F-1) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation are represented by the following general formulas (PA-I), (PA-II) or (PAIII) In particular, from the viewpoint of achieving excellent effects on LWR, local pattern dimension uniformity and DOF at a high level, in particular, the compound represented by formula (PA-II) or (PA Compounds represented by -III) are preferred.
 まず、一般式(PA-I)で表される化合物について説明する。 
 Q-A-(X)-B-R (PA-I)
 一般式(PA-I)中、
 Aは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。 
 Qは、-SOH、又は-COHを表す。Qは、活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸性官能基に相当する。 
 Xは、-SO-又は-CO-を表す。 
 nは、0又は1を表す。 
 Bは、単結合、酸素原子又は-N(Rx)-を表す。 
 Rxは、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。 
 Rは、塩基性官能基を有する1価の有機基又はアンモニウム基を有する1価の有機基を表す。
First, the compound represented by formula (PA-I) will be described.
QA 1- (X) n -BR (PA-I)
In the general formula (PA-I),
A 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q represents —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H. Q corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
n represents 0 or 1.
B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Rx) —.
Rx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
R represents a monovalent organic group having a basic functional group or a monovalent organic group having an ammonium group.
 次に、一般式(PA-II)で表される化合物について説明する。 
 Q-X-NH-X-Q(PA-II)
 一般式(PA-II)中、
 Q及びQは、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。但し、Q及びQのいずれか一方は、塩基性官能基を有する。QとQは、結合して環を形成し、形成された環が塩基性官能基を有してもよい。 
 X及びXは、各々独立に、-CO-又は-SO-を表す。 
 なお、-NH-は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸性官能基に相当する。
Next, the compound represented by formula (PA-II) will be described.
Q 1 -X 1 -NH-X 2 -Q 2 (PA-II)
In general formula (PA-II),
Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. However, either Q 1 or Q 2 has a basic functional group. Q 1 and Q 2 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
Note that —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
 次に、一般式(PA-III)で表される化合物を説明する。 
 Q-X-NH-X-A-(X-B-Q (PA-III)
 一般式(PA-III)中、
 Q及びQは、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。但し、Q及びQのいずれか一方は、塩基性官能基を有する。QとQは、結合して環を形成し、形成された環が塩基性官能基を有していてもよい。 
 X、X及びXは、各々独立に、-CO-又は-SO-を表す。 
 Aは、2価の連結基を表す。 
 Bは、単結合、酸素原子又は-N(Qx)-を表す。 
 Qxは、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。 
 Bが、-N(Qx)-の時、QとQxが結合して環を形成してもよい。 
 mは、0又は1を表す。 
 なお、-NH-は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸性官能基に相当する。
Next, the compound represented by formula (PA-III) will be described.
Q 1 -X 1 -NH-X 2 -A 2- (X 3 ) m -BQ 3 (PA-III)
In the general formula (PA-III),
Q 1 and Q 3 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. However, either one of Q 1 and Q 3 are a basic functional group. Q 1 and Q 3 may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring may have a basic functional group.
X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represents —CO— or —SO 2 —.
A 2 represents a divalent linking group.
B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom or —N (Qx) —.
Qx represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
When B is —N (Qx) —, Q 3 and Qx may combine to form a ring.
m represents 0 or 1.
Note that —NH— corresponds to an acidic functional group generated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
 以下、化合物(F)の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。また、例示化合物以外で、化合物(E)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開第2010/0233629号明細書の(A-1)~(A-44)の化合物や、米国特許出願公開第2012/0156617号明細書の(A-1)~(A-23)などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Hereinafter, although the specific example of a compound (F) is given, it is not limited to these. In addition to the exemplified compounds, preferred specific examples of the compound (E) include compounds (A-1) to (A-44) of US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0233629, US Pat. (A-1) to (A-23) of 2012/0156617.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 化合物(F)の分子量は、500~1000であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the compound (F) is preferably 500 to 1,000.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は化合物(F)を含有してもしていなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(F)の含有量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分を基準として、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~10質量%である。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not contain the compound (F), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (F) is actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive. The content is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the solid content of the radiation resin composition.
 また、化合物(F)の一態様として、活性光線または放射線の照射により分解し、樹脂(A)の酸分解基を酸分解させない程度の強度の酸(弱酸)を発生する化合物(F-2)も挙げることができる。 Further, as one embodiment of the compound (F), a compound (F-2) that generates an acid (weak acid) having a strength that does not decompose the acid-decomposable group of the resin (A) by acid irradiation or irradiation. Can also be mentioned.
 この化合物としては、例えば、フッ素原子を有さないカルボン酸のオニウム塩(好ましくはスルホニウム塩)、フッ素原子を有さないスルホン酸のオニウム塩(好ましくはスルホニウム塩)をなど挙げることができる。スルホニウム塩のカチオン構造として好ましくは、酸発生剤(B)で挙げているスルホニウムカチオン構造を好ましく挙げることができる。 Examples of this compound include onium salts of carboxylic acids having no fluorine atom (preferably sulfonium salts), onium salts of sulfonic acids having no fluorine atoms (preferably sulfonium salts), and the like. As the cation structure of the sulfonium salt, the sulfonium cation structure mentioned in the acid generator (B) can be preferably mentioned.
 化合物(F-2)として、より具体的には、WO2012/053527Aの[0170]で挙げられている化合物、特開2012-173419号公報の[0268]~[0269]の化合物などが挙げられる。 More specifically, examples of the compound (F-2) include compounds described in [0170] of WO2012 / 053527A, compounds [0268] to [0269] of JP2012-173419A, and the like.
 (3)窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(G)
 本発明の組成物は、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する化合物(以下「化合物(G)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。
(3) Low molecular weight compound (G) having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid
The composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (G)”).
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては特に限定されないが、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基であることが特に好ましい。 The group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group. It is particularly preferred.
 酸の作用により脱離する基を有する化合物(N’’)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が特に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the compound (N ″) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
 化合物(G)としては、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体が好ましい。 The compound (G) is preferably an amine derivative having a group on the nitrogen atom that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
 化合物(G)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有しても良い。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表すことができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Compound (G) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
In general formula (d-1),
Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group ( Preferably, it represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are substituted with a functional group such as hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group, oxo group, alkoxy group, or halogen atom. It may be. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
 Rbとして好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。より好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基である。 Rb is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基若しくはその誘導体等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落[0466]に開示された構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include a structure disclosed in paragraph [0466] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012 / 0135348A1, and examples thereof include: It is not limited.
 化合物(G)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有するものであることが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
The compound (G) particularly preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 一般式(6)において、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。該複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。 In the general formula (6), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula. The heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
 Rbは、前記一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、Rbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。 In the general formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra are described above as the groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group.
 前記Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の好ましい例としては、Rbについて前述した好ましい例と同様な基が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the Ra alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with the above groups) include: The same group as the preferable example mentioned above about Rb is mentioned.
 また、前記Raが相互に連結して形成する複素環としては、好ましくは炭素数20以下であり、例えば、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、モルホリン、1,4,5,6-テトラヒドロピリミジン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノリン、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロピリジン、ホモピペラジン、4-アザベンズイミダゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、5-アザベンゾトリアゾール、1H-1,2,3-トリアゾール、1,4,7-トリアザシクロノナン、テトラゾール、7-アザインドール、インダゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、イミダゾ[1,2-a]ピリジン、(1S,4S)-(+)-2,5-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デック-5-エン、インドール、インドリン、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、パーヒドロキノリン、1,5,9-トリアザシクロドデカン等の複素環式化合物に由来する基、これらの複素環式化合物に由来する基を直鎖状、分岐状のアルカンに由来する基、シクロアルカンに由来する基、芳香族化合物に由来する基、複素環化合物に由来する基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基の1種以上或いは1個以上で置換した基等が挙げられる。 In addition, the heterocyclic ring formed by connecting the Ra to each other preferably has 20 or less carbon atoms. For example, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 1,2,3 , 4-tetrahydroquinoline, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, homopiperazine, 4-azabenzimidazole, benzotriazole, 5-azabenzotriazole, 1H-1,2,3-triazole, 1,4,7 Triazacyclononane, tetrazole, 7-azaindole, indazole, benzimidazole, imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine, (1S, 4S)-(+)-2,5-diazabicyclo [2.2.1] Heptane, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] dec-5-ene, indole, indoline, 1,2 Groups derived from heterocyclic compounds such as 3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline, perhydroquinoline, 1,5,9-triazacyclododecane, and groups derived from these heterocyclic compounds are linear or branched. Groups derived from alkanes, groups derived from cycloalkanes, groups derived from aromatic compounds, groups derived from heterocyclic compounds, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, amino groups, pyrrolidino groups, piperidino groups, morpholino groups, oxo groups, etc. Or a group substituted with one or more of the functional groups.
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(G)の具体的としては、米国特許出願公開第2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落[0475]に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the particularly preferable compound (G) in the present invention include compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012 / 0135348A1, but are not limited thereto. Absent.
 一般式(6)で表される化合物は、特開2007-298569号公報、特開2009-199021号公報などに基づき合成することができる。 The compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298569A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
 本発明において、低分子化合物(G)は、一種単独でも又は2種以上を混合しても使用することができる。 In the present invention, the low molecular compound (G) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物における化合物(G)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.001~20質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001~10質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。 The content of the compound (G) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the composition. The amount is 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 (4)オニウム塩
 また、本発明の組成物は、塩基性化合物として、下記一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩を含んでもよい。このオニウム塩は、レジスト組成物で通常用いられる光酸発生剤の酸強度との関係で、レジスト系中で、発生酸の拡散を制御することが期待される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(4) Onium salt Moreover, the composition of this invention may also contain the onium salt represented by the following general formula (6A) or (6B) as a basic compound. This onium salt is expected to control the diffusion of the generated acid in the resist system in relation to the acid strength of the photoacid generator usually used in the resist composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 一般式(6A)中、
 Raは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。 
 Xは、オニウムカチオンを表す。
In general formula (6A),
Ra represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to a carboxylic acid group in the formula are excluded.
X + represents an onium cation.
 一般式(6B)中、
 Rbは、有機基を表す。但し、式中のスルホン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換しているものを除く。 
 Xはオニウムカチオンを表す。
In general formula (6B),
Rb represents an organic group. However, those in which a fluorine atom is substituted for a carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group in the formula are excluded.
X + represents an onium cation.
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基は、式中のカルボン酸基又はスルホン酸基に直接結合する原子が炭素原子であることが好ましい。但し、この場合、上述した光酸発生剤から発生する酸よりも相対的に弱い酸とするために、スルホン酸基又はカルボン酸基に直接結合する炭素原子にフッ素原子が置換することはない。 In the organic group represented by Ra and Rb, the atom directly bonded to the carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the formula is preferably a carbon atom. However, in this case, in order to make the acid relatively weaker than the acid generated from the above-mentioned photoacid generator, the fluorine atom does not substitute for the carbon atom directly bonded to the sulfonic acid group or carboxylic acid group.
 Ra及びRbにより表される有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~30のアリール基、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基又は炭素数3~30の複素環基等が挙げられる。これらの基は水素原子の一部又は全部が置換されていてもよい。 Examples of the organic group represented by Ra and Rb include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Alternatively, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms can be used. In these groups, some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted.
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基及び複素環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、ラクトン基、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and heterocyclic group may have include a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a lactone group, and an alkylcarbonyl group.
 一般式(6A)及び(6B)中のXにより表されるオニウムカチオンとしては、スルホニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ジアゾニウムカチオンなどが挙げられ、中でもスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。 Examples of the onium cation represented by X + in the general formulas (6A) and (6B) include a sulfonium cation, an ammonium cation, an iodonium cation, a phosphonium cation, and a diazonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation is more preferable.
 スルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、少なくとも1つのアリール基を有するアリールスルホニウムカチオンが好ましく、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、アリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。 As the sulfonium cation, for example, an arylsulfonium cation having at least one aryl group is preferable, and a triarylsulfonium cation is more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent, and the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
 スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンの例としては、前述の、化合物(B)における一般式(ZI)のスルホニウムカチオン構造や一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウム構造も好ましく挙げることができる。 
 一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩の具体的構造を以下に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation and the iodonium cation include the aforementioned sulfonium cation structure of the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium structure of the general formula (ZII) in the compound (B).
A specific structure of the onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 本発明の組成物が一般式(6A)又は(6B)で表されるオニウム塩を含有する場合、その含有率は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分を基準として、通常、0.01~10質量%、好ましくは0.1~5質量%である。 When the composition of the present invention contains an onium salt represented by the general formula (6A) or (6B), the content is usually based on the solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
 (5)ベタイン化合物
 更に、本発明の組成物は、特開2012-189977号公報の式(I)に含まれる化合物、特開2013-6827号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2013-8020号公報の式(I)で表される化合物、特開2012-252124号公報の式(I)で表される化合物などのような、1分子内にオニウム塩構造と酸アニオン構造の両方を有する化合物(以下、ベタイン化合物ともいう)も好ましく用いることができる。このオニウム塩構造としては、スルホニウム、ヨードニウム、アンモニウム構造が挙げられ、スルホニウムまたはヨードニウム塩構造であることが好ましい。また、酸アニオン構造としては、スルホン酸アニオンまたはカルボン酸アニオンが好ましい。この化合物の例としては、例えば以下が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
(5) Betaine Compound Further, the composition of the present invention includes a compound contained in the formula (I) of JP2012-189777A, a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP2013-6827A, An onium salt structure and an acid anion structure in one molecule such as a compound represented by the formula (I) of Kaikai 2013-8020 and a compound represented by the formula (I) of JP 2012-252124 A A compound having both of these (hereinafter also referred to as betaine compounds) can be preferably used. Examples of the onium salt structure include a sulfonium, iodonium, and ammonium structure, and a sulfonium or iodonium salt structure is preferable. The acid anion structure is preferably a sulfonate anion or a carboxylic acid anion. Examples of this compound include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
 [溶剤]
 本発明に係る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有しても良いモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、ピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤を挙げることができる。
[solvent]
Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate alkyl ester, alkoxy An organic solvent such as alkyl propionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), monoketone compound having a ring (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, alkyl pyruvate, etc. Can be mentioned.
 これらの溶剤の具体例は、米国特許出願公開2008/0187860号明細書[0441]~[0455]に記載のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of these solvents include those described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0187860 [0441] to [0455].
 本発明においては、有機溶剤として構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。 In the present invention, a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent containing a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group may be used as the organic solvent.
 水酸基を含有する溶剤、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては前述の例示化合物が適宜選択可能であるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME、別名1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)、乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有しても良いモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、酢酸アルキルなどが好ましく、これらの内でもプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA、別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノンが最も好ましい。 As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplary compounds can be selected as appropriate. As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME, also known as 1-methoxy-2-propanol), ethyl lactate is more preferred. Further, as the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA, also known as 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate are particularly preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone is most preferred.
 水酸基を含有する溶剤と水酸基を含有しない溶剤との混合比(質量)は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。水酸基を含有しない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が塗布均一性の点で特に好ましい。 The mixing ratio (mass) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. . A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)単独溶媒、又は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)を含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤であることが好ましい。混合溶剤の好ましい具体例としては、PGMEAとケトン系溶剤(シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなど)を含む混合溶剤、PGMEAとラクトン系溶剤(γ-ブチロラクトンなど)を含む混合溶剤、PGMEAとPGMEを含む混合溶剤、PGMEA・ケトン系溶剤・ラクトン系溶剤の3種を含む混合溶剤、PGMEA・PGME・ラクトン系溶剤の3種を含む混合溶剤、PGMEA・PGME・ケトン系溶剤の3種を含む混合溶剤、などが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるわけではない。 The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and is preferably a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) single solvent or a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). Preferred specific examples of the mixed solvent include a mixed solvent containing PGMEA and a ketone solvent (cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, etc.), a mixed solvent containing PGMEA and a lactone solvent (γ-butyrolactone, etc.), and a mixed solvent containing PGMEA and PGME. , A mixed solvent containing three types of PGMEA / ketone solvent / lactone solvent, a mixed solvent containing three types of PGMEA / PGME / lactone solvent, a mixed solvent containing three types of PGMEA / PGME / ketone solvent, etc. For example, but not limited to.
 [界面活性剤]
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に界面活性剤を含有してもしなくても良く、含有する場合、フッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、フッ素原子とケイ素原子の両方を有する界面活性剤)のいずれか、あるいは2種以上を含有することがより好ましい。
[Surfactant]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention may or may not further contain a surfactant. When it is contained, fluorine and / or silicon-based surfactant (fluorinated surfactant, It is more preferable to contain any one of a silicon-based surfactant and a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, or two or more thereof.
 本発明における感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源の使用時に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを与えることが可能となる。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in the present invention contains a surfactant, adhesion and development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. A small resist pattern can be provided.
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、例えばエフトップEF301、EF303、(新秋田化成(株)製)、フロラードFC430、431、4430(住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120、R08(DIC(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106、KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)、トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)、GF-300、GF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製)、エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802、EF601((株)ジェムコ製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520(OMNOVA社製)、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、222D((株)ネオス製)等である。またポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)もシリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。 Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. For example, F-top EF301, EF303, (Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.) ), Florard FC430, 431, 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Megafac F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120, R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Surflon S-382 SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.), GF-300, GF-150 (Toagosei Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Surflon S-393 (Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ftop EF121, E 122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801, EF802, EF601 (manufactured by Gemco), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520 (manufactured by OMNOVA), FTX-204G, 230G, 218G, 218G 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D, 222D (manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.) and the like. Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤としては、上記に示すような公知のものの他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)若しくはオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体を用いた界面活性剤を用いることが出来る。フルオロ脂肪族化合物は、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成することが出来る。 In addition to the known surfactants described above, surfactants are derived from fluoroaliphatic compounds produced by the telomerization method (also referred to as the telomer method) or the oligomerization method (also referred to as the oligomer method). A surfactant using a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group can be used. The fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
 上記に該当する界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476、F-472(DIC(株)製)、C13基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体、C基を有するアクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)と(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート(又はメタクリレート)との共重合体等を挙げることができる。 As surfactants corresponding to the above, Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), acrylates having C 6 F 13 groups (or methacrylate) and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate (copolymer of or methacrylate), and acrylate having a C 3 F 7 group (or methacrylate) (poly (oxyethylene) and) acrylate (or methacrylate) (poly ( And a copolymer with oxypropylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate).
 また、本発明では、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の[0280]に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。 In the present invention, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は単独で使用してもよいし、また、いくつかの組み合わせで使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in some combination.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の使用量は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、より好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。 When the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant used is preferably relative to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent). Is 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
 一方、界面活性剤の添加量を、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物全量(溶剤を除く)に対して、10ppm以下とすることで、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性があがり、それにより、レジスト膜表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性を向上させることが出来る。 On the other hand, the surface unevenness of the hydrophobic resin is increased by setting the addition amount of the surfactant to 10 ppm or less with respect to the total amount of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (excluding the solvent). The surface of the resist film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure can be improved.
 本発明の組成物は、上記各成分を適宜混合して調製することが可能である。なお、調製の際、イオン交換膜を用いて組成物中のメタル不純物をppbレベルに低減させる工程、適当なフィルターを用いて各種パーティクルなどの不純物をろ過する工程、脱気工程などを行ってもよい。これらの工程の具体的なことについては、特開2012-88574号公報、特開2010-189563号公報、特開2001-12529号公報、特開2001-350266号公報、特開2002-99076号公報、特開平5-307263号公報、特開2010-164980号公報、WO2006/121162A、特開2010-243866号公報、特開2010-020297号公報などに記載されている。 The composition of the present invention can be prepared by appropriately mixing the above components. During the preparation, a process of reducing metal impurities in the composition to the ppb level using an ion exchange membrane, a process of filtering impurities such as various particles using an appropriate filter, a deaeration process, etc. Good. Specifics of these steps are described in JP 2012-88574 A, JP 2010-189563 A, JP 2001-12529 A, JP 2001-350266 A, and JP 2002-99076 A. JP-A-5-307263, JP-A-2010-164980, WO2006 / 121162A, JP-A-2010-243866, JP-A-2010-020297, and the like.
 また、本発明の組成物は、含水率が低いことが好ましい。具体的には、含水率は組成物の全重量中2.5質量%以下が好ましく、1.0質量%以下がより好ましく、0.3質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the composition of the present invention preferably has a low moisture content. Specifically, the water content is preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.3% by mass or less in the total weight of the composition.
 以下、本発明を実施例により詳細に説明するが、本発明の内容がこれにより限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by way of examples, but the contents of the present invention are not limited thereto.
 <レジスト調製1>
 下記表4に示す成分を溶剤に溶解させ、同表に記載の固形分濃度の溶液を調製し、これを0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過してレジスト溶液を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
<Resist preparation 1>
The components shown in Table 4 below were dissolved in a solvent to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration shown in the same table, and this was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare a resist solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
 <樹脂(A)>
 樹脂(A)として、後掲のP-1~P-15を使用した。以下に樹脂P-4の合成例を示す。
<Resin (A)>
As the resin (A), P-1 to P-15 described later were used. The synthesis example of resin P-4 is shown below.
 <樹脂(P-4)の合成>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
<Synthesis of Resin (P-4)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
 1-シクロヘキシル-1-メチルエタノール 22.8g、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]-ウンデ-7-エン 36.5g、水951mgをN-メチルピロリドン590gに溶解し、0℃に冷却した。2-ブロモアセチルブロミド80.7gを0℃で滴下し、反応混合物を室温で3時間撹拌した。反応混合物を0℃に冷却した後、水300mLを添加し、室温まで昇温した。10分間撹拌後、水相を酢酸エチル100mLで5回抽出した。有機相をまとめ、飽和重層水、水で洗浄した後、溶媒を留去することで化合物1 42.1gを得た(収率>99%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
1-Cyclohexyl-1-methylethanol 22.8 g, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5,4,0] -unde-7-ene 36.5 g, water 951 mg are dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone 590 g and cooled to 0 ° C. did. 80.7 g of 2-bromoacetyl bromide was added dropwise at 0 ° C., and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C., 300 mL of water was added, and the temperature was raised to room temperature. After stirring for 10 minutes, the aqueous phase was extracted 5 times with 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with saturated multistory water and water, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 42.1 g of Compound 1 (yield> 99%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 化合物1 41.6g、メタクリル酸15g、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン150mg、炭酸カリウム28.9gをジメチルアセトアミド130mLに溶解し、40℃に加熱した。3時間攪拌後、室温まで冷却し、水300mLを添加した。水相を酢酸エチル100mLで5回抽出し、有機相をまとめ、水で洗浄した後、溶媒を留去した。得られた粗生成物をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー(溶出液:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=体積比20/1)で精製し、モノマーM-2 42.4gを得た(収率>99%%)H NMR(CDCl,300MHz):δ0.96-1.28(m,6H),1.43(s,6H),1.65-1.85(m,5H),1.98(s,3H),4.58(s,2H),5.64(dq,1H),6.21(d,1H).
 [ポリマーP-4の合成]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
41.6 g of Compound 1, 15 g of methacrylic acid, 150 mg of dibutylhydroxytoluene and 28.9 g of potassium carbonate were dissolved in 130 mL of dimethylacetamide and heated to 40 ° C. After stirring for 3 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 300 mL of water was added. The aqueous phase was extracted 5 times with 100 mL of ethyl acetate, the organic phases were combined, washed with water, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: hexane / ethyl acetate = volume ratio 20/1) to obtain 42.4 g of monomer M-2 (yield> 99%%) 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): δ 0.96-1.28 (m, 6H), 1.43 (s, 6H), 1.65 to 1.85 (m, 5H), 1.98 (s, 3H) , 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.64 (dq, 1H), 6.21 (d, 1H).
[Synthesis of Polymer P-4]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
 シクロヘキサノン156.6質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、モノマーM-1 30.6質量部、モノマーM-2 48.3質量部、シクロヘキサノン290.7質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル〔V-601、和光純薬工業(株)製〕2.05質量部の混合溶液を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のヘキサン/酢酸エチル(質量比7:3)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を真空乾燥することで、樹脂(P-4)を55.3質量部得た。得られた樹脂(P-4)について、GPC(溶媒:THF)測定により、重量平均分子量(Mw:ポリスチレン換算)、数平均分子量(Mn:ポリスチレン換算)及び分散度(Mw/Mn、以下「Pd」)を算出した。また、H-NMR測定により、組成比(モル比)を算出した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
156.6 parts by mass of cyclohexanone was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this liquid, 30.6 parts by mass of monomer M-1, 48.3 parts by mass of monomer M-2, 290.7 parts by mass of cyclohexanone, dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate [V-601, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. [Manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.] 2.05 parts by mass of a mixed solution was added dropwise over 6 hours. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution is allowed to cool, then re-precipitated with a large amount of hexane / ethyl acetate (mass ratio 7: 3), filtered, and the obtained solid is vacuum-dried to obtain 55.3 parts by mass of resin (P-4). Obtained. With respect to the obtained resin (P-4), the weight average molecular weight (Mw: converted to polystyrene), the number average molecular weight (Mn: converted to polystyrene) and the dispersity (Mw / Mn, hereinafter “Pd” were measured by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement. )) Was calculated. The composition ratio (molar ratio) was calculated by 1 H-NMR measurement.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
 <酸発生剤(B)>
 酸発生剤(B)として、下記に示すPAG-1~PAG-16を使用した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
<Acid generator (B)>
As the acid generator (B), the following PAG-1 to PAG-16 were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
 [極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物]
 極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物として、下記に示すB-1~B-5を使用した。これら化合物の分解生成物とその共役酸のpKa値を併せて示す。ここに示したpKaは、ACD/ChemSketch(ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version:8.08)を用いた計算により求めた値である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
[Compounds that generate components that form ionic bonds with polar groups]
B-1 to B-5 shown below were used as compounds that generate components that form ionic bonds with polar groups. The decomposition products of these compounds and the pKa values of their conjugate acids are also shown. The pKa shown here is a value obtained by calculation using ACD / ChemSketch (ACD / Labs 8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
 <疎水性樹脂>
 疎水性樹脂として、下記に示す1b~4bを使用した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
<Hydrophobic resin>
As the hydrophobic resin, the following 1b to 4b were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
 <塩基性化合物>
 塩基性化合物として、下記に示す化合物N-1~N-11を使用した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
<Basic compound>
As basic compounds, the following compounds N-1 to N-11 were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
 <界面活性剤>
 界面活性剤としては、以下に示すW-1及びW-2を用いた。
<Surfactant>
As surfactants, W-1 and W-2 shown below were used.
 W-1:メガファックF176(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-2:PolyFox PF-6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製;フッ素系)
 <溶剤>
 溶剤としては、以下に示すものを使用した。
W-1: MegaFuck F176 (Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc .; fluorine-based)
W-2: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc .; fluorine system)
<Solvent>
As the solvent, those shown below were used.
 SL-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2:乳酸ブチル
 SL-3:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-4:シクロヘキサノン
 SL-5:γ-ブチロラクトン
 パターン形成方法は以下の通りである。なお、以下において「熱分解」とは、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物の熱分解を意味する。
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Butyl lactate SL-3: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-4: Cyclohexanone SL-5: γ-Butyrolactone The pattern formation method is as follows. In the following, “thermal decomposition” means thermal decomposition of a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group.
 <パターン形成1> 実施例1~8、比較例1
 シリコンウエハー上に有機反射防止膜ARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行って、膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記のレジスト溶液を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークを行った。このようにして、膜厚85nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
<Pattern Formation 1> Examples 1 to 8, Comparative Example 1
An organic antireflection film ARC29A (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. On top of that, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. In this way, a resist film having a thickness of 85 nm was formed.
 次いで、このレジスト膜に対し、75nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのマスクを通して、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML社製;PAS5500、NA0.75、Annular、アウターシグマ0.89、インナーシグマ0.65)を用いた露光を行った。 Next, an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML; PAS5500, NA0.75, Annular, outer sigma 0.89, inner sigma 0.65) is passed through the resist film through a 75 nm 1: 1 line and space mask. The exposure used was performed.
 その後、表5-1の条件でベーク(PEB)した後、室温まで冷却させた。次いで、比較例1を除いて熱分解のためのベークを行い、室温まで冷却させた。その後、有機溶剤系現像液で20秒間現像し、リンスをする場合はリンス液でリンスした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させることにより、75nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを得た。 Then, after baking (PEB) under the conditions shown in Table 5-1, it was cooled to room temperature. Subsequently, baking for thermal decomposition was performed except for Comparative Example 1 and allowed to cool to room temperature. Then, when developing with an organic solvent developer for 20 seconds and rinsing, after rinsing with a rinsing liquid, the wafer is rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to obtain a line and space of 75 nm (1: 1). A resist pattern was obtained.
 <パターン形成2> 実施例9~15、比較例2
 シリコンウエハー上に、有機反射防止膜ARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間に亘ってベークした。これにより、シリコンウエハー上に、膜厚98nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記のレジスト溶液を塗布し、90℃で60秒間に亘ってベークした。これにより、膜厚が85nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
<Pattern Formation 2> Examples 9 to 15 and Comparative Example 2
On the silicon wafer, an organic antireflection film ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds. As a result, an antireflection film having a film thickness of 98 nm was formed on the silicon wafer. On top of this, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereby, a resist film having a film thickness of 85 nm was formed.
 得られたレジスト膜に対し、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.960、インナーシグマ0.709、XY偏向)を用いて、パターン露光を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=44nmであり且つライン:スペース=1:1である6%ハーフトーンマスクを用いた。また、液浸液としては、超純水を用いた。 
 その後、表5-2の条件でベーク(PEB)した後、室温まで冷却させた。その後、比較例2を除いて熱分解のためのベークを行い、室温まで冷却させた。その後、有機溶剤系現像液で20秒間現像し、リンスをする場合はリンス液でリンスした。次いで、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させることにより、44nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを得た。
The resulting resist film was subjected to pattern exposure using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.960, inner sigma 0.709, XY deflection). went. As the reticle, a 6% halftone mask having a line size = 44 nm and a line: space = 1: 1 was used. Moreover, ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
Then, after baking (PEB) under the conditions shown in Table 5-2, it was cooled to room temperature. Then, except for the comparative example 2, baking for thermal decomposition was performed and it was made to cool to room temperature. Then, it developed with the organic solvent type developing solution for 20 seconds, and when rinsed, it rinsed with the rinse solution. Next, the wafer was rotated at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to obtain a 44 nm (1: 1) line-and-space resist pattern.
 <パターン形成3> 実施例16~20、22、比較例3
 シリコンウエハー上に有機反射防止膜ARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行って、膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記のレジスト溶液を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークを行った。このようにして、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
<Pattern Formation 3> Examples 16 to 20, 22 and Comparative Example 3
An organic antireflection film ARC29A (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. On top of that, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. In this way, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was formed.
 次いで、このレジスト膜に対し、80nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのマスクを通して、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML社製;PAS5500、NA0.75、Annular、アウターシグマ0.89、インナーシグマ0.65)を用いた露光を行った。 Next, an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML; PAS5500, NA0.75, Annular, outer sigma 0.89, inner sigma 0.65) is passed through this resist film through an 80 nm 1: 1 line and space mask. The exposure used was performed.
 その後、表6-1の条件でベーク(PEB)した後、室温まで冷却させた。次いでアルカリ水溶液を用いて10秒間現像し、純水で30秒間リンスした。 Then, after baking (PEB) under the conditions shown in Table 6-1, it was cooled to room temperature. Subsequently, it developed for 10 second using alkaline aqueous solution, and rinsed with the pure water for 30 second.
 次いで、比較例3を除いて熱分解のためのベークを行い、室温まで冷却させた。その後、有機溶剤系現像液で20秒間現像し、リンスをする場合はリンス液でリンスした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させることにより、40nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを得た。 Next, baking for thermal decomposition was performed except for Comparative Example 3, and the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Then, when developing with an organic solvent developer for 20 seconds and rinsing, after rinsing with a rinsing liquid, the wafer is rotated for 30 seconds at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm, so that the line and space of 40 nm (1: 1) A resist pattern was obtained.
 <パターン形成4> 実施例23~28、30、比較例4及び5
 シリコンウエハー上に、有機反射防止膜ARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間にわたってベークした。これにより、シリコンウエハー上に、膜厚98nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記のレジスト溶液を塗布し、90℃で60秒間に亘ってベークした。これにより、膜厚が50nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
<Pattern Formation 4> Examples 23 to 28 and 30, Comparative Examples 4 and 5
On the silicon wafer, an organic antireflection film ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds. As a result, an antireflection film having a film thickness of 98 nm was formed on the silicon wafer. On top of this, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereby, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was formed.
 得られたレジスト膜に対し、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.960、インナーシグマ0.709、XY偏向)を用いて、パターン露光を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=60nmであり且つライン:スペース=1:1である6%ハーフトーンマスクを用いた。また、液浸液としては、超純水を用いた。 
 その後、表6-2の条件でベーク(PEB)した後、室温まで冷却させた。アルカリ水溶液を用いて10秒間現像し、純水で30秒間リンスした。
The resulting resist film was subjected to pattern exposure using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.960, inner sigma 0.709, XY deflection). went. As the reticle, a 6% halftone mask having a line size = 60 nm and a line: space = 1: 1 was used. Moreover, ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
Then, after baking (PEB) under the conditions shown in Table 6-2, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Development was carried out for 10 seconds using an aqueous alkaline solution, followed by rinsing with pure water for 30 seconds.
 次いで、比較例4及び5を除いて熱分解のためのベークを行い、室温まで冷却させた。比較例5についてはPEBを行い、室温まで冷却させた。その後、有機溶剤系現像液で20秒間現像し、リンスをする場合はリンス液でリンスした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させることにより、30nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを得た。 Subsequently, baking for thermal decomposition was performed except for Comparative Examples 4 and 5, and the mixture was cooled to room temperature. For Comparative Example 5, PEB was performed and cooled to room temperature. Then, when developing with an organic solvent developer for 20 seconds and rinsing, after rinsing with a rinsing liquid, the wafer is rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, so that the line-and-space of 30 nm (1: 1) A resist pattern was obtained.
 <パターン形成5> 実施例21
 シリコンウエハー上に有機反射防止膜ARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行って、膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記のレジスト溶液を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークを行った。このようにして、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
<Pattern Formation 5> Example 21
An organic antireflection film ARC29A (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. On top of that, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. In this way, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was formed.
 次いで、このレジスト膜に対し、80nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのマスクを通して、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML社製;PAS5500、NA0.75、Annular、アウターシグマ0.89、インナーシグマ0.65)を用いた露光を行った。 Next, an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML; PAS5500, NA0.75, Annular, outer sigma 0.89, inner sigma 0.65) is passed through this resist film through an 80 nm 1: 1 line and space mask. The exposure used was performed.
 その後、表6-1の条件でベーク(PEB)した後、室温まで冷却させた。ついで熱分解のためのベークを行い、室温まで冷却させた。その後、有機溶剤系現像液で20秒間現像し、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた。その後、表6-1に記載のアルカリ水溶液を用いて10秒間現像し、純水で30秒間リンスすることにより、40nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを得た。 Then, after baking (PEB) under the conditions shown in Table 6-1, it was cooled to room temperature. Subsequently, baking for thermal decomposition was performed and the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Then, it developed for 20 seconds with the organic solvent type developing solution, and rotated the wafer for 30 seconds at the rotation speed of 4000 rpm. Thereafter, development was performed for 10 seconds using an alkaline aqueous solution described in Table 6-1 and rinsing with pure water for 30 seconds to obtain a 40 nm (1: 1) line-and-space resist pattern.
 <パターン形成6> 実施例29
 シリコンウエハー上に、有機反射防止膜ARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間に亘ってベークした。これにより、シリコンウエハー上に、膜厚98nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に、上記のレジスト溶液を塗布し、90℃で60秒間に亘ってベークした。これにより、膜厚が50nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
<Pattern Formation 6> Example 29
On the silicon wafer, an organic antireflection film ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds. As a result, an antireflection film having a film thickness of 98 nm was formed on the silicon wafer. On top of this, the above resist solution was applied and baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereby, a resist film having a thickness of 50 nm was formed.
 得られたレジスト膜に対し、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.960、インナーシグマ0.709、XY偏向)を用いて、パターン露光を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=60nmであり且つライン:スペース=1:1である6%ハーフトーンマスクを用いた。また、液浸液としては、超純水を用いた。 
 その後、表6-2の条件でベーク(PEB)した後、室温まで冷却させた。ついで熱分解のためのベークを行い、室温まで冷却させた。その後、有機溶剤系現像液で20秒間現像し、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた。その後下表に記載のアルカリ水溶液を用いて10秒間現像し、純水で30秒間リンスすることにより、40nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを得た。
The resulting resist film was subjected to pattern exposure using an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (SMTL XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.960, inner sigma 0.709, XY deflection). went. As the reticle, a 6% halftone mask having a line size = 60 nm and a line: space = 1: 1 was used. Moreover, ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
Then, after baking (PEB) under the conditions shown in Table 6-2, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Subsequently, baking for thermal decomposition was performed and the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Thereafter, development was performed with an organic solvent developer for 20 seconds, and the wafer was rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds. Thereafter, development was performed for 10 seconds using an alkaline aqueous solution described in the following table, followed by rinsing with pure water for 30 seconds to obtain a 40 nm (1: 1) line-and-space resist pattern.
 <評価方法>
 下記評価方法で評価し、結果を表5-1、5-2、6-1及び6-2に示した。
<Evaluation method>
Evaluation was carried out by the following evaluation methods, and the results are shown in Tables 5-1, 5-2, 6-1 and 6-2.
 [LWR評価]
 得られたラインアンドスペースパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を使用して観察し、スペースパターンの長手方向2μmの範囲を等間隔で50点線幅を測定し、その標準偏差から3σを算出することで測定した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
[LWR evaluation]
The obtained line-and-space pattern was observed using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM, Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II), and the 50-dot line width was measured at equal intervals in the range of 2 μm in the longitudinal direction of the space pattern. The measurement was performed by calculating 3σ from the standard deviation. A smaller value indicates better performance.
 [パターン膜厚評価] 
 上記シリコンウェハ上に形成したレジストパターンに関し、パターンに対し垂直にウェハを割り、パターン側面を走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所S-9380)にて観測し、パターン膜厚を測定した。膜厚が大きい方が、膜減り量が小さいことを意味するため、好ましい。
[Evaluation of pattern thickness]
Regarding the resist pattern formed on the silicon wafer, the wafer was divided perpendicularly to the pattern, and the side surface of the pattern was observed with a scanning electron microscope (Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380) to measure the pattern film thickness. A larger film thickness is preferable because it means that the amount of film reduction is smaller.
 [二重現像パターン(DTDパターン)形成評価]
 二重現像後のレジストパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)により観察し、下記の3段階評価を行った。
[Dual development pattern (DTD pattern) formation evaluation]
The resist pattern after double development was observed with a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM, Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II), and the following three-level evaluation was performed.
 A:膜べりによる断線がなくラインアンドスペースのパターンが形成されている場合。 A: When a line and space pattern is formed without disconnection due to film slippage.
 B:ラインアンドスペースのパターンが形成されているが、膜べりによる断線が確認される場合
 C:レジスト膜がすべて溶解し、パターンが形成されていない場合
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
B: Line and space pattern is formed, but disconnection due to film slippage is confirmed. C: Resist film is completely dissolved and no pattern is formed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
 <レジスト調製2>
 下記表7に示す成分を同表に示す溶剤に固形分で1.6質量%となるように溶解させ、それぞれを0.05μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、表7に示す感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(化学増幅型レジスト組成物)Ar-36及びAr-37を調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
<Resist preparation 2>
The components shown in Table 7 below were dissolved in the solvent shown in the same table so that the solid content was 1.6% by mass, and each was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.05 μm. Light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (chemically amplified resist compositions) Ar-36 and Ar-37 were prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
 表7中の略号に関し、上述していないものは、以下の通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Regarding the abbreviations in Table 7, those not described above are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
 <実施例31>
 実施例1に対し、レジスト組成物を表7に記載のAr-36に変更し、露光光源をEUV光(極紫外光)に変えた以外は、上記実施例1に準じてパターン形成を行い、同様の評価を行った結果、良好なパターンが得られることがわかった。
<Example 31>
Compared to Example 1, the resist composition was changed to Ar-36 shown in Table 7 and the pattern was formed in accordance with Example 1 except that the exposure light source was changed to EUV light (extreme ultraviolet light). As a result of the same evaluation, it was found that a good pattern was obtained.
 <実施例32>
 実施例1に対し、レジスト組成物を表7に記載のAr-37に変更し、露光光源をEUV光(極紫外光)に変えた以外は、上記実施例1に準じてパターン形成を行い、同様の評価を行った結果、良好なパターンが得られることがわかった。
<Example 32>
Compared to Example 1, the resist composition was changed to Ar-37 shown in Table 7 and the pattern was formed in accordance with Example 1 except that the exposure light source was changed to EUV light (extreme ultraviolet light). As a result of the same evaluation, it was found that a good pattern was obtained.
 <実施例33>
 実施例15において、酢酸ブチル現像液に対し、1質量%のn-オクチルアミンを加えた現像液を用いた以外は、同様にして評価を行った。これにおいても良好なパターン形成を行うことができた。
<Example 33>
Evaluation was conducted in the same manner as in Example 15 except that a developer in which 1% by mass of n-octylamine was added to the butyl acetate developer was used. Even in this case, a good pattern could be formed.

Claims (16)

  1.  -酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂、溶剤、及び、前記樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
     -前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程、及び、
     -有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて露光した前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像し、ネガ型パターンを形成する工程、を含むことを特徴とするパターン形成方法。
    A substrate having an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid, a solvent, and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin; A process of applying actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film by coating on the surface;
    -Exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and
    A pattern forming method comprising: developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film exposed using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern;
  2.  さらに、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像し、ポジ型パターンを形成する工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, further comprising a step of developing using an alkali developer to form a positive pattern.
  3.  請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法に含まれる各工程を記載の通りの順序で含み、更に、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像し、ポジ型パターンを形成する工程を、前記露光工程と有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた前記現像工程の間に含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 Each of the steps included in the pattern forming method according to claim 1 is included in the order as described, and further, the step of developing using an alkali developer to form a positive pattern includes the exposure step and the organic solvent. The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the pattern forming method is included during the developing step using the developer.
  4.  さらに、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物を分解する工程を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, further comprising a step of decomposing the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group.
  5.  請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法に含まれる各工程を記載の通りの順序で含み、更に、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物を分解する工程を、前記露光工程と有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた前記現像工程の間に含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 A process comprising the steps included in the pattern forming method according to claim 1 in the order as described, and further comprising the step of decomposing the compound generating a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group, the exposure step and the organic step The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the pattern forming method is included during the developing step using a developer containing a solvent.
  6.  請求項3に記載のパターン形成方法において、アルカリ現像液を用いた前記現像工程と有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた前記現像工程の間に、極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物を分解する工程を更に含むことを特徴とするパターン形成方法。 4. The pattern forming method according to claim 3, wherein a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is generated between the developing step using an alkali developer and the developing step using a developer containing an organic solvent. A pattern forming method, further comprising the step of decomposing the compound.
  7.  極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物の分解が、加熱により行われることを特徴とする請求項4に記載のパターン形成方法。 5. The pattern forming method according to claim 4, wherein decomposition of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with the polar group is performed by heating.
  8.  前記加熱が120℃以上の温度で行われることを特徴とする請求項7に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 7, wherein the heating is performed at a temperature of 120 ° C. or more.
  9.  前記露光が、液浸液を介して行われることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the exposure is performed through an immersion liquid.
  10.  極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物が、下記一般式(1)により表されることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式中、
     R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Rは、置換基を表す。
     R、R及びRの少なくとも2つは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
    The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Where
    R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    R 3 represents a substituent.
    At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  11.  酸の作用により有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂、溶剤、及び、前記樹脂中の極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する化合物を含むことを特徴とする感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin comprising: a resin whose solubility in an organic solvent is reduced by the action of an acid; a solvent; and a compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group in the resin. Composition.
  12.  極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物が、下記一般式(1)により表されることを特徴とする請求項11に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、
     R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Rは、置換基を表す。
     R、R及び、Rの少なくとも2つは、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    Where
    R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    R 3 represents a substituent.
    At least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  13.  極性基とイオン結合を形成する成分を発生する前記化合物の含有率が、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として2~10質量%であることを特徴とする請求項11に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The content of the compound that generates a component that forms an ionic bond with a polar group is 2 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 11.
  14.  請求項11に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物から形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition according to claim 11.
  15.  請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to claim 1.
  16.  請求項15に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。 An electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method according to claim 15.
PCT/JP2014/064021 2013-05-30 2014-05-27 Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device WO2014192768A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-114502 2013-05-30
JP2013114502A JP2014235179A (en) 2013-05-30 2013-05-30 Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014192768A1 true WO2014192768A1 (en) 2014-12-04

Family

ID=51988796

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/064021 WO2014192768A1 (en) 2013-05-30 2014-05-27 Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2014235179A (en)
TW (1) TW201501177A (en)
WO (1) WO2014192768A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017057193A (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-23 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition and production method of resist pattern

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6148907B2 (en) * 2013-06-10 2017-06-14 東京応化工業株式会社 Solvent development negative resist composition, resist pattern forming method
JP7058217B2 (en) * 2016-06-30 2022-04-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011008237A (en) * 2009-05-26 2011-01-13 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Resist material and pattern forming method
JP2011095635A (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-12 Fujifilm Corp Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the composition
JP2011209501A (en) * 2010-03-30 2011-10-20 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Method for forming resist pattern, and resist composition
JP2012032806A (en) * 2010-07-06 2012-02-16 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming method
JP2012078797A (en) * 2010-09-09 2012-04-19 Jsr Corp Method for forming resist pattern
JP2013064988A (en) * 2011-08-26 2013-04-11 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Patterning process and resist composition
JP2013257553A (en) * 2012-05-18 2013-12-26 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition and method for manufacturing resist pattern
JP2014037386A (en) * 2012-08-17 2014-02-27 Jsr Corp Acid diffusion control agent, radiation-sensitive acid diffusion controlling agent, resist pattern forming method, compound and manufacturing method thereof
JP2014074896A (en) * 2012-09-14 2014-04-24 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Chemically amplified resist material and pattern forming method

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011008237A (en) * 2009-05-26 2011-01-13 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Resist material and pattern forming method
JP2011095635A (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-12 Fujifilm Corp Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the composition
JP2011209501A (en) * 2010-03-30 2011-10-20 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Method for forming resist pattern, and resist composition
JP2012032806A (en) * 2010-07-06 2012-02-16 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming method
JP2012078797A (en) * 2010-09-09 2012-04-19 Jsr Corp Method for forming resist pattern
JP2013064988A (en) * 2011-08-26 2013-04-11 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Patterning process and resist composition
JP2013257553A (en) * 2012-05-18 2013-12-26 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition and method for manufacturing resist pattern
JP2014037386A (en) * 2012-08-17 2014-02-27 Jsr Corp Acid diffusion control agent, radiation-sensitive acid diffusion controlling agent, resist pattern forming method, compound and manufacturing method thereof
JP2014074896A (en) * 2012-09-14 2014-04-24 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Chemically amplified resist material and pattern forming method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017057193A (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-23 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition and production method of resist pattern

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014235179A (en) 2014-12-15
TW201501177A (en) 2015-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6126878B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and method for producing electronic device
JP6134619B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6002705B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6031369B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
KR101775396B1 (en) Pattern formation method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6340304B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5879218B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film
JP6476177B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and method for producing electronic device
JP5914196B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, and method for producing electronic device using them
JP6140487B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5894881B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method using the same
WO2015016089A1 (en) Pattern formation method and surface treatment agent used therein, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
WO2016006364A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
JP5651636B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP6349407B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6194236B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film and pattern forming method using the same, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP6116358B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2014192768A1 (en) Pattern-forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6140583B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film and pattern forming method using the same, and electronic device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14804319

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14804319

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1